10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 10-K

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

OR

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Missouri	000-21318	27-4358837
(State or other jurisdiction	Commission file	(I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)	number	Identification No.)

233 South Patterson Avenue

Springfield, Missouri 65802

(Address of principal executive offices, Zip code)

(417) 862-6708

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class	Name of Each Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
	(NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

Note - Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained here, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer x Accelerated Filer ¨ Non-Accelerated Filer ¨ Smaller Reporting Company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

At February 20, 2017, an aggregate of 91,639,693 shares of common stock of the registrant was outstanding.

At June 30, 2016, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was $20,433,280,070 based on the last price of the common stock reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after December 31, 2016, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-K

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	2
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	14
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	18
Item 2.	Properties	19
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	20
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	20
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	21
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	23
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	25
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	40
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	41
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	70
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	70
Item 9B.	Other Information	70
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	71
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	71
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters	71
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	72
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	72
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	73
Item 16	Form 10-K Summary	73

1

Forward-Looking Statements

We claim the protection of the safe-harbor for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “estimate,” “may,” “could,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “would,” “consider,” “should,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “intend” or similar words. In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements, such as statements discussing, among other things, expected growth, store development, integration and expansion strategy, business strategies, future revenues and future performance. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future events and results. Such statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the economy in general, inflation, product demand, the market for auto parts, competition, weather, risks associated with the performance of acquired businesses, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, consumer debt levels, our increased debt levels, credit ratings on public debt, governmental regulations, terrorist activities, war and the threat of war. Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, for additional factors that could materially affect our financial performance. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made and we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

PART I

Item 1. Business

GENERAL INFORMATION

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” or “O’Reilly,” is one of the largest specialty retailers of automotive aftermarket parts, tools, supplies, equipment and accessories in the United States, selling our products to both do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and professional service provider customers, our “dual market strategy.” The business was founded in 1957 by Charles F. O’Reilly and his son, Charles H. “Chub’’ O’Reilly, Sr., and initially operated from a single store in Springfield, Missouri. Our common stock has traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ORLY” since April 22, 1993.

At December 31, 2016, we operated 4,829 stores in 47 states. Our stores carry an extensive product line, including

• new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, such as alternators, starters, fuel pumps, water pumps, brake system components, batteries, belts, hoses, temperature control, chassis parts, driveline parts and engine parts;

• maintenance items, such as oil, antifreeze, fluids, filters, wiper blades, lighting, engine additives and appearance products; and

• accessories, such as floor mats, seat covers and truck accessories.

Our stores offer many enhanced services and programs to our customers, such as

• used oil, oil filter and battery recycling;

• battery, wiper and bulb replacement;

• battery diagnostic testing;

• electrical and module testing;

• check engine light code extraction;

• loaner tool program;

• drum and rotor resurfacing;

• custom hydraulic hoses;

• professional paint shop mixing and related materials; and

• machine shops.

See the “Risk Factors” section of Item 1A of this annual report on Form 10-K for a description of certain risks relevant to our business. These risk factors include, among others, deteriorating economic conditions, competition in the automotive aftermarket business, our sensitivity to regional economic and weather conditions, future growth assurance, our dependence upon key and other personnel, our relationships with key suppliers and availability of key products, our acquisition strategies, complications in our distribution centers (“DCs”), failure to achieve high levels of service and product quality, unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results, the volatility of the market price of our common stock, our increased debt levels, a downgrade in our credit ratings, data security, and environmental legislation and other regulations.

2

OUR BUSINESS

Our goal is to continue to achieve growth in sales and profitability by capitalizing on our competitive advantages and executing our growth strategy. We remain confident in our ability to continue to gain market share in our existing markets and grow our business in new markets by focusing on our dual market strategy and the core O’Reilly values, including superior customer service and expense control. Our intent is to be the dominant auto parts provider in all the markets we serve, by providing a higher level of customer service and a better value position than our competitors to both DIY and professional service provider customers.

Competitive Advantages

We believe our effective dual market strategy, superior customer service, technically proficient store personnel, strategic distribution network and experienced management team make up our key competitive advantages, which cannot be easily duplicated.

Proven Ability to Execute Our Dual Market Strategy:

For more than 35 years, we have established a track record of effectively serving, at a high level, both DIY and professional service provider customers. We believe our proven ability to effectively execute a dual market strategy is a unique competitive advantage. The execution of this strategy enables us to better compete by targeting a larger base of automotive aftermarket parts consumers, capitalizing on our existing retail and distribution infrastructure, operating profitably in both large markets and less densely populated geographic areas that typically attract fewer competitors, and enhancing service levels offered to DIY customers through the offering of a broad inventory and the extensive product knowledge required by professional service provider customers.

In 2016, we derived approximately 58% of our sales from our DIY customers and approximately 42% of our sales from our professional service provider customers. Historically, we have increased our sales to professional service provider customers at a faster pace than the increase in our sales to DIY customers due to the more fragmented nature of the professional service provider business, which offers a greater opportunity for consolidation. We believe we will continue to have a competitive advantage on the professional service provider portion of our business, due to our systems, knowledge and experience serving the professional service provider side of the automotive aftermarket, supported by our approximately 750 full-time sales staff dedicated solely to calling upon and servicing the professional service provider customer. We will also continue to expand and enhance the level of offerings focused on growing our DIY business and will continue to execute our proven dual market strategy in both existing and new markets.

Superior Customer Service:

We seek to provide our customers with an efficient and pleasant in-store experience by maintaining attractive stores in convenient locations with a wide selection of automotive products. We believe that the satisfaction of DIY and professional service provider customers is substantially dependent upon our ability to provide, in a timely fashion, the specific automotive products needed to complete their repairs. Accordingly, each O’Reilly store carries, or has same or next day availability to, a broad selection of automotive products designed to cover a wide range of vehicle applications. We continuously refine the inventory levels and assortments carried in each of our stores and within our network, based in large part on the sales movement tracked by our inventory control system, market vehicle registration data, failure rates and management’s assessment of the changes and trends in the marketplace. We have no material backorders for the products we sell.

We seek to attract new DIY and professional service provider customers and to retain existing customers by offering superior customer service, the key elements of which are identified below:

• superior in-store service through highly-motivated, technically-proficient store personnel (“Professional Parts People”);

• an extensive selection and availability of products;

• attractive stores in convenient locations;

• competitive pricing, supported by a good, better, best product assortment designed to meet all of our customers’ quality and value preferences; and

• a robust point-of-sale system integrated with our proprietary electronic catalog, which contains a wide variety of product images, schematics and technical specifications, equips our Team Members with highly effective tools to source products in our extensive supply network.

Technically Proficient Professional Parts People:

Our highly-motivated, technically-proficient Professional Parts People provide us with a significant competitive advantage, particularly over less specialized retail operators. We require our Professional Parts People to undergo extensive and ongoing training and to be knowledgeable, particularly with respect to hard part repairs, in order to better serve the technically-oriented professional

3

service provider customers with whom they interact on a daily basis. Such technical proficiency also enhances the customer service we provide to our DIY customers who value the expert assistance provided by our Professional Parts People.

Strategic Regional Tiered Distribution Network:

We believe our commitment to a robust, regional, tiered distribution network provides superior replenishment and access to hard-to-find parts and enables us to optimize product availability and inventory levels throughout our store network. Our strategic, regional, tiered distribution network includes DCs and Hub stores. Our inventory management and distribution systems electronically link each of our stores to one or more DCs, which provides for efficient inventory control and management. We currently operate 27 regional DCs, which provide our stores with same-day or overnight access to an average of 148,000 stock keeping units (“SKUs”), many of which are hard-to-find items not typically stocked by other auto parts retailers. To augment our robust distribution network, we operate 312 Hub stores that also provide delivery service and same-day access to an average of 45,000 SKUs to other stores within the surrounding area. We believe this timely access to a broad range of products is a key competitive advantage in satisfying customer demand and generating repeat business.

Experienced Management Team:

Our Company philosophy is to “promote from within” and the vast majority of our senior management, district managers and store managers have been promoted from within the Company. We augment this promote from within philosophy by pursuing strategic hires with a strong emphasis on automotive aftermarket experience. We have a strong management team comprised of senior management with 185 professionals who average 18 years of service; 242 corporate managers who average 16 years of service; and 474 district managers who average 12 years of service. Our management team has demonstrated the consistent ability to successfully execute our business plan and growth strategy by generating 24 consecutive years of record revenues and earnings and positive comparable store sales results since becoming a public company in April of 1993.

Growth Strategy

Aggressively Open New Stores:

We intend to continue to consolidate the fragmented automotive aftermarket. During 2016, we opened 210 net, new stores and acquired 48 Bond Auto Parts stores and we plan to open approximately 190 net, new stores in 2017, which will increase our penetration in existing markets and allow for expansion into new, contiguous markets. The sites for these new stores have been identified, and to date, we have not experienced significant difficulties in locating suitable sites for construction of new stores or identifying suitable acquisition targets for conversion to O’Reilly stores. We typically open new stores by

(i) constructing a new facility or renovating an existing one on property we purchase or lease and stocking the new store with fixtures and inventory;

(ii) acquiring an independently owned auto parts store, typically by the purchase of substantially all of the inventory and other assets (other than realty) of such store; or

(iii) purchasing multi-store chains.

New store sites are strategically located in clusters within geographic areas that complement our distribution network in order to achieve economies of scale in management, advertising and distribution. Other key factors we consider in the site selection process include population density and growth patterns, demographic lifestyle segmentation, age and per capita income, vehicle traffic counts, vehicles in operation, number and type of existing automotive repair facilities and competing auto parts stores within a predetermined radius.

We target both small and large markets for expansion of our store network. While we have faced, and expect to continue to face, aggressive competition in the more densely populated markets, we believe we have competed effectively, and are well positioned to continue to compete effectively, in such markets and to achieve our goal of continued profitable sales growth within these markets. We also believe that with our dual market strategy, we are better able to operate stores in less densely populated areas, which would not otherwise support a national chain store selling primarily to the retail automotive aftermarket. Therefore, we continue to pursue opening new stores in less densely populated market areas as part of our growth strategy.

Grow Sales in Existing Stores:

Profitable comparable store sales growth is also an important part of our growth strategy. To achieve improved sales and profitability at existing O’Reilly stores, we continually strive to improve the service provided to our customers. We believe that while competitive pricing is an essential component of successful growth in the automotive aftermarket business, it is customer satisfaction, whether of the DIY consumer or professional service provider, resulting from superior customer service that generates increased sales and profitability.

4

Selectively Pursue Strategic Acquisitions:

The automotive aftermarket industry is still highly fragmented, and we believe the ability of national auto parts chains, such as ourselves, to operate more efficiently and effectively than smaller independent operators will result in continued industry consolidation. Our intention is to continue to selectively pursue strategic acquisition targets that will strengthen our position as a leading automotive aftermarket parts supplier in existing markets and provide a springboard for expansion into new markets.

Continually Enhance Store Design and Location:

Our current prototype store design features optimized square footage, high ceilings, convenient interior store layouts, in-store signage, bright lighting, convenient ingress and egress and parking, and dedicated counters to serve professional service provider customers, each designed to increase sales and operating efficiencies and enhance overall customer service. We continually update the location and condition of our store network through systematic renovation and relocation of our existing stores to enhance store performance. During 2016, we relocated 20 stores and renovated 30 stores. We believe that our ability to consistently achieve growth in comparable store sales is due in part to our commitment to maintaining an attractive store network, which is strategically located to best serve our customers.

Continually Enhance the Growth and Functionality of Our E-Commerce Website:

Our user-friendly website, www.oreillyauto.com, allows our customers to search product and repair content, check the in-store availability of our products, and place orders for either home delivery or in-store pickup. We continue to enhance the functionality of our website to provide our customers with a friendly and convenient shopping experience, as well as a robust product and repair content information resource, which will continue to build the O’Reilly Brand.

Team Members

As of January 31, 2017, we employed 74,715 Team Members (42,289 full-time Team Members and 32,426 part-time Team Members), of whom 63,380 were employed at our stores, 7,907 were employed at our DCs and 3,428 were employed at our corporate and regional offices. A union represents 49 stores (493 Team Members) in the Greater Bay Area in California and has for many years. In addition, approximately 104 Team Members who drive over-the-road trucks in three of our DCs are represented by labor unions. Except for these Team Members, our Team Members are not represented by labor unions. Our tradition for 60 years has been to treat all of our Team Members with honesty and respect and to commit significant resources to instill in them our “Live Green” culture, which emphasizes the importance of each Team Member’s contribution to the success of O’Reilly. This focus on professionalism and respect has created an industry-leading team, and we consider our relations with our Team Members to be excellent.

Store Network

New Store Site Selection:

In selecting sites for new stores, we seek to strategically locate store sites in clusters within geographic areas in order to achieve economies of scale in management, advertising and distribution. Other key factors we consider in the site selection process are

• population density;

• demographics, including age, ethnicity, life style and per capita income;

• market economic strength, retail draw and growth patterns;

• number, age and percent of makes and models of registered vehicles;

• the number, type and sales potential of existing automotive repair facilities;

• the number of auto parts stores and other competitors within a predetermined radius;

• physical location, traffic count, size, economics and presentation of the site;

• financial review of adjacent existing locations; and

• the type and size of store that should be developed.

When entering new, more densely populated markets, we generally seek to initially open several stores within a short span of time in order to maximize the effect of initial promotional programs and achieve economies of scale. After opening this initial cluster of new stores, we seek to begin penetrating the less densely populated surrounding areas. As these store clusters mature, we evaluate the need to open additional locations in the more densely populated markets where we believe opportunities exist to expand our market share or to improve the level of service provided in high volume areas. This strategy enables us to achieve additional distribution and advertising efficiencies in each market.

5

Store Locations and Size:

As a result of our dual market strategy, we are able to profitably operate in both large, densely populated markets and small, less densely populated areas that would not otherwise support a national chain selling primarily to the retail automotive aftermarket. Our stores, on average, carry approximately 23,000 SKUs and average approximately 7,300 total square feet in size. At December 31, 2016, we had a total of approximately 35 million square feet in our 4,829 stores. Our stores are served primarily by the nearest DC, which averages 148,000 SKUs, but also have same-day access to the broad selection of inventory available at one of our 312 Hub stores, which, on average, carry approximately 45,000 SKUs and average approximately 10,600 square feet in size.

We believe that our stores are “destination stores’’ generating their own traffic rather than relying on traffic created by the presence of other stores in the immediate vicinity. Consequently, most of our stores are freestanding buildings or prominent end caps situated on or near major traffic thoroughfares and offer ample parking, easy customer access and are generally located in close proximity to our professional service provider customers.

6

The following table sets forth the geographic distribution and activity of our stores as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

	December 31, 2015			2016 Net, New and Acquired Stores			December 31, 2016
State	Store Count	% of Total Store Count		Store Change	% of Total Store Change		Store Count	% of Total Store Count		Cumulative % of Total Store Count
Texas	639	14.0	%	28	10.9	%	667	13.8	%	13.8	%
California	523	11.4	%	11	4.3	%	534	11.0	%	24.8	%
Missouri	193	4.2	%	2	0.8	%	195	4.0	%	28.8	%
Georgia	181	4.0	%	6	2.3	%	187	3.9	%	32.7	%
Illinois	178	3.9	%	8	3.1	%	186	3.9	%	36.6	%
Ohio	161	3.5	%	8	3.1	%	169	3.5	%	40.1	%
Florida	143	3.1	%	20	7.8	%	163	3.4	%	43.5	%
Tennessee	154	3.4	%	8	3.1	%	162	3.4	%	46.9	%
Michigan	149	3.3	%	9	3.5	%	158	3.3	%	50.2	%
North Carolina	149	3.3	%	6	2.3	%	155	3.2	%	53.4	%
Washington	154	3.4	%	1	0.4	%	155	3.2	%	56.6	%
Arizona	133	2.9	%	3	1.1	%	136	2.8	%	59.4	%
Alabama	120	2.6	%	5	1.9	%	125	2.6	%	62.0	%
Oklahoma	119	2.6	%	2	0.8	%	121	2.5	%	64.5	%
Indiana	118	2.6	%	2	0.8	%	120	2.5	%	67.0	%
Minnesota	118	2.6	%	1	0.4	%	119	2.5	%	69.5	%
Wisconsin	109	2.4	%	9	3.5	%	118	2.4	%	71.9	%
Louisiana	103	2.3	%	6	2.3	%	109	2.3	%	74.2	%
Arkansas	105	2.3	%	2	0.8	%	107	2.2	%	76.4	%
Colorado	96	2.1	%	3	1.1	%	99	2.1	%	78.5	%
South Carolina	89	1.9	%	2	0.8	%	91	1.9	%	80.4	%
Kansas	80	1.8	%	2	0.8	%	82	1.7	%	82.1	%
Kentucky	73	1.6	%	4	1.6	%	77	1.6	%	83.7	%
Mississippi	75	1.6	%	—	0.0	%	75	1.6	%	85.3	%
Iowa	70	1.5	%	3	1.1	%	73	1.5	%	86.8	%
Oregon	61	1.3	%	5	1.9	%	66	1.4	%	88.2	%
Virginia	61	1.3	%	5	1.9	%	66	1.4	%	89.6	%
Utah	60	1.3	%	1	0.4	%	61	1.3	%	90.9	%
Nevada	53	1.2	%	1	0.4	%	54	1.1	%	92.0	%
New Mexico	47	1.0	%	5	1.9	%	52	1.1	%	93.1	%
Nebraska	37	0.8	%	4	1.6	%	41	0.8	%	93.9	%
Idaho	38	0.8	%	2	0.8	%	40	0.8	%	94.7	%
New Hampshire	20	0.4	%	18	7.0	%	38	0.8	%	95.5	%
Maine	35	0.8	%	—	0.0	%	35	0.7	%	96.2	%
Massachusetts	13	0.3	%	17	6.6	%	30	0.6	%	96.8	%
Montana	27	0.6	%	—	0.0	%	27	0.6	%	97.4	%
Vermont	—	—	%	24	9.3	%	24	0.5	%	97.9	%
Wyoming	19	0.4	%	1	0.4	%	20	0.4	%	98.3	%
South Dakota	12	0.3	%	4	1.6	%	16	0.3	%	98.6	%
Alaska	15	0.3	%	—	0.0	%	15	0.3	%	98.9	%
North Dakota	15	0.3	%	—	0.0	%	15	0.3	%	99.2	%
Hawaii	12	0.3	%	—	0.0	%	12	0.2	%	99.4	%
Pennsylvania	3	0.1	%	9	3.5	%	12	0.2	%	99.6	%
West Virginia	9	0.2	%	3	1.1	%	12	0.2	%	99.8	%
Connecticut	2	—	%	3	1.1	%	5	0.1	%	99.9	%
Rhode Island	—	—	%	3	1.1	%	3	0.1	%	100.0	%
New York	—	—	%	2	0.8	%	2	—	%	100.0	%
Total	4,571	100.0	%	258	100.0	%	4,829	100.0	%

7

Store Layout:

We utilize a computer-assisted store layout system to provide a uniform and consistent front room retail merchandise presentation and customize our hard-parts inventory assortment to meet the specific needs of a particular market area. Front room merchandise is arranged to provide easy customer access, maximum selling space and to prominently display high-turnover products and accessories to customers. To ensure the best customer experience possible, we have selectively implemented bilingual, in-store signage based on the demographics in each store’s geographic area. Aisle displays and end caps are used to feature high-demand, seasonal merchandise, new items and advertised specials.

Store Automation:

To enhance store-level operations, customer service and reliability, we use Linux servers and IBM I-Series computer systems in our stores. These systems are linked with the I-Series computers located in each of our DCs. Our point-of-sale system provides immediate access to our electronic catalog, part images and schematics and pricing information by make, model and year of vehicle. This system speeds transaction times, reduces the customer’s checkout time, ensures accuracy and provides enhanced customer service. Moreover, our store automation systems capture detailed sales information, which assists in store management, strategic planning, inventory control and distribution efficiency.

Management Structure

Each of our stores is staffed with a store manager and one or more assistant managers, in addition to parts specialists, retail and/or installer service specialists and other positions required to meet the specific needs of each store. Each of our 474 district managers has general supervisory responsibility for an average of ten stores, which provides our stores with a strong operational support.

Store and district managers complete a comprehensive training program to ensure each has a thorough understanding of customer service, leadership, inventory management and store profitability, as well as all other sales and operational aspects of our business model. Store and district managers are also required to complete a structured training program that is specific to their position, including attending a week-long manager development program at the corporate headquarters in Springfield, Missouri. Store and district managers also receive continuous training through online assignments, field workshops, regional meetings and our annual managers’ conference.

We provide financial incentives to all store Team Members through incentive compensation programs. Under our incentive compensation programs, base salary is augmented by incentive compensation based on individual and store sales and profitability. In addition, each of our district managers participates in our stock option and bonus programs, and store managers participate in bonus programs based on their store’s performance. We believe our incentive compensation programs significantly increase the motivation and overall performance of our store Team Members and enhance our ability to attract and retain qualified management and other personnel.

Professional Parts People

We believe our highly trained team of Professional Parts People is essential in providing superior customer service to both DIY and professional service provider customers. A significant portion of our business is from professional service provider customers; therefore, our Professional Parts People are required to be highly technically proficient in automotive products. In addition, we have found that the typical DIY customer often seeks assistance from Professional Parts People, particularly when purchasing hard parts. The ability of our Professional Parts People to provide such assistance to the DIY customer creates a favorable impression and is a significant factor in generating repeat DIY business.

We screen prospective Team Members to identify highly motivated individuals who either have experience with automotive parts or repairs, or automotive aptitude. New store Team Members go through a comprehensive orientation focused on the culture of our Company, as well as the requirements for their specific job position. Additionally, during their first year of employment, our parts specialists go through extensive automotive systems and product knowledge training to ensure they are able to provide high levels of service to our customers. Once all of the required training has been satisfied, our parts specialists become eligible to take the O’Reilly Certified Parts Professional test. Passing the O’Reilly test helps prepare them to become certified by the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence (“ASE”).

All of our stores have the ability to service professional service provider customers. For this reason, select Team Members in each store complete extensive sales call training with a regional field sales manager. Afterward, these Team Members spend at least one day per week calling on existing and potential professional service provider customers. Additionally, each Team Member engaged in such sales activities participates in quarterly advanced training programs for sales and business development.

8

Distribution Systems

We believe that our tiered distribution model provides industry-leading parts availability and store in-stock positions, while lowering our inventory carrying costs by controlling the depth of our inventory. Moreover, we believe our ongoing, significant capital investments made in our DC network allows us to efficiently service new stores that are planned to open in contiguous market areas as well as servicing our existing store network. Our distribution expansion strategy complements our new store opening strategy by supporting newly established clusters of stores and additional penetration into existing markets in the regions surrounding each DC.

Distribution Centers:

As of December 31, 2016, we operated 27 DCs comprised of approximately 10.6 million operating square feet (see the “Properties” table in Item 2 of this Form 10-K for a detailed listing of DC operating square footages). Our DCs stock an average of 148,000 SKUs and most DCs are linked to and have the ability to access multiple other regional DCs’ on-hand inventory. Our DCs provide five-night-a-week delivery, primarily via a Company-owned fleet, to all of our stores in the continental United States. In addition, stores within an individual DC’s metropolitan area receive multiple daily deliveries from the DC’s “city counter,” most of which receive this service seven days per week. Our DCs provide weekend service to not only the stores they service via their city counters but also to strategic Hub locations, which redistribute products to surrounding stores. Our national Hub store network provides additional service throughout the week, and on weekends, to surrounding stores.

As part of our continuing efforts to enhance our distribution network in 2017, we plan to

• enhance our distribution network by completing the expansion of one existing DC in Greensboro, North Carolina;

• continue to implement enhanced routing software to further enhance logistics efficiencies;

• continue to implement labor management software to improve DC productivity and overall operating efficiency;

•continue to define and implement best practices in all DCs; and

• make proven, return-on-investment based capital enhancements to material handling equipment in DCs, including conveyor systems, picking modules, lift equipment and computer hardware.

Hub stores:

We currently operate 312 strategically located Hub stores. In addition to serving DIY and professional service provider customers in their markets, Hub stores also provide delivery service to our other stores within the surrounding area and access to an expanded selection of SKUs on a same-day basis. Our Hub stores average approximately 10,600 square feet and carry an average of 45,000 SKUs.

Products and Purchasing

Our stores offer DIY and professional service provider customers a wide selection of products for domestic and imported automobiles, vans and trucks. Our merchandise generally consists of nationally recognized, well-advertised, premium name brand products, such as AC Delco, Armor All, Bosch, BWD, Cardone, Castrol, Gates Rubber, Monroe, Moog, Pennzoil, Prestone, Quaker State, STP, Turtle Wax, Valvoline, Wagner, and Wix, and a wide selection of quality proprietary private label products, which span the entire good, better and best value spectrum, under our BestTest®, BrakeBest®, Import Direct®, Master Pro®, Micro-Gard®, Murray®, Omnispark®, O’Reilly Auto Parts®, Precision®, Power Torque®, Super Start®, and Ultima® brands. Our proprietary private label products are produced by nationally recognized manufacturers, meet or exceed original equipment manufacturer specifications and consist of house brands and nationally recognized proprietary bands, which we have acquired or developed over time. Our “good” house brands provide a great combination of quality and value, a characteristic important to our DIY customers, while our proprietary national brands offer “better” and “best” options for our more heavy-duty DIY customers, as well as our professional service provider customers, who require high quality products that can be relied upon to support and grow their businesses.

We have no long-term contracts with material purchase commitments with any of our suppliers, nor have we experienced difficulty in obtaining satisfactory alternative supply sources for automotive parts. We believe that alternative supply sources exist at competitive costs for substantially all of the automotive products that we sell. It is our policy to take advantage of payment and seasonal purchasing discounts offered by our suppliers and to utilize extended dating terms available from suppliers. We have entered into various programs and arrangements with certain suppliers that provided for extended dating and payment terms for inventory purchases. As a whole, we consider our relationships with our suppliers to be very good.

We purchase automotive products in substantial quantities from over 900 suppliers, the five largest of which accounted for approximately 23% of our total purchases in 2016. Our largest supplier in 2016 accounted for approximately 6% of our total purchases and the next four largest suppliers each accounted for approximately 3% to 5% of our total purchases.

9

Marketing

Marketing to the DIY Customer:

We use an integrated marketing program, which includes radio, direct mail and newspaper distribution, in-store, online, and social media promotions, and sports and event sponsorships, to aggressively attract DIY customers. The marketing strategy we employ is highly effective and has led to a measurable increase in awareness of the O’Reilly Brand across our geographic footprint. We utilize a combination of brand, product and price messaging to drive retail traffic and purchases, which frequently coincide with key sales events. We also utilize a problem-resolution communication strategy, which encourages vehicle owners to perform regular maintenance on their vehicles, protecting their long-term automotive investment and establishing O’Reilly as their partner for auto parts needs.

To stimulate sales among racing enthusiasts, who we believe individually spend more on automotive products than the general public, we sponsored multiple nationally-televised races and over 1,600 grassroots, local and regional motorsports events throughout 45 states during 2016. We were the title sponsor of two National Association for Stock Car Racing (NASCAR) National series events.

During the fall and winter months, we strategically sponsor National Collegiate Athletic Association (“NCAA”) basketball. Our relationships with over 30 NCAA teams and tournaments have resulted in prominently displayed O’Reilly logos on TV-visible signs throughout the season.

We target Spanish speaking auto parts customers through marketing efforts that include the use of Spanish language radio, print, and outdoor advertising, as well as sponsorships of over 45 local and regional festivals and events.

As consumers increasingly turn to the Internet for information and offers, we continue to invest in digital channels to expand the O’Reilly brand presence online and through mobile devices. Search engine optimization strategies are used to drive traffic to our website, and popular social media platforms are used to provide excellent customer service through interaction and dialogue with our customers.

To show appreciation for our DIY customers for their continued business, we maintain our O’Reilly O’Rewards customer loyalty program. The program provides members with the opportunity to earn points through purchases and other special events and allows members to redeem those points toward coupons, which provide discounts on future merchandise purchases in our stores. The programs allow us to reward our customers for their continued business, as well as enhance engagement with our customers to earn more of their business with targeted promotions tailored to their specific needs and purchasing patterns.

Marketing to the Professional Service Provider Customer:

We have approximately 750 full-time O’Reilly sales representatives strategically located across our market areas as part of our First Call program. Each sales representative is dedicated solely to calling upon, selling to and servicing our professional service provider customers. Targeted marketing materials such as flyers, quick reference guides and catalogs are produced and distributed on a regular basis to professional service providers, paint and body shops and fleet customers. Our industry-leading First Call program enables our sales representatives, district managers, and store managers to provide excellent customer service to each of our professional service provider customers by providing the products and services identified below:

• broad selection of merchandise at competitive prices;

• dedicated Professional Service Specialists in our stores;

• multiple, daily deliveries from our stores;

• same-day or overnight access to thousands of SKUs through seven days a week store inventory replenishments;

• separate service counter and phone line in our stores dedicated exclusively to service professional service provider customers;

• trade credit for qualified accounts;

• First Call Online, a dedicated proprietary Internet based catalog and ordering system designed specifically to connect professional service provider customers directly to our inventory system;

• Mitchell shop management systems;

• training and seminars covering topics of interest, such as technical updates, safety and general business management;

• access to a comprehensive inventory of products and equipment needed to operate and maintain their shop; and

• Certified Auto Repair Center Program, a program that provides professional service provider customers with business tools they can utilize to profitably grow and market their shops.

10

Marketing to the Independently Owned Parts Store:

We also sell automotive products directly to independently owned parts stores (“jobber stores”) in certain market areas. These jobber stores are generally located in areas not directly serviced by an O’Reilly store. We administer a proprietary, dedicated and distinct marketing program specifically targeted to jobber stores called Parts City Auto Parts that currently provides automotive products to approximately 190 jobber stores, with total annual sales of approximately $62 million. As a participant in this program, a jobber store, which meets certain financial and operational standards, is permitted to indicate its Parts City Auto Parts membership through the display of a trademarked logo owned by us. In return for a commitment to purchase automotive products from us, we provide computer software for business management, competitive pricing, advertising, marketing and sales assistance to Parts City Auto Parts affiliate stores.

Pricing

We believe that competitive pricing is essential to successfully operate in the automotive aftermarket business. Product pricing is generally established to compete with the pricing of competitors in the market area served by each store. Most products that we sell are priced based upon a combination of internal gross margin targets and competitive reviews, with additional savings offered on some items through special promotional pricing and volume discounts. Consistent with our low price guarantee, each of our stores will match any verifiable price on any in-stock product of the same or comparable quality offered by our competitors in the same market area.

Customer Payments and Returns Policy

Our stores accept cash, checks, debit and credit cards. We also grant credit to many professional service provider customers who meet our pre-established credit requirements. Some of the factors considered in our pre-established credit requirements include customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. No customer accounted for greater than one percent of our consolidated net sales, nor do we have any dependence on any single customer.

We accept product returns for new products, core products and warranty/defective products.

INDUSTRY ENVIRONMENT

The automotive aftermarket industry includes all products and services purchased for light and heavy-duty vehicles after the original sale. The total size of the automotive aftermarket is estimated to be approximately $268 billion, according to The Auto Care Association. This market is made up of four segments: labor share of professional service provider sales, auto parts share of professional service provider sales, DIY sales and tire sales. O’Reilly’s addressable market within this industry is approximately $154 billion, which includes the auto parts share of professional service provider sales and DIY sales. We do not sell tires or perform for-fee automotive repairs or installations.

Competition

The sale of automotive aftermarket items is highly competitive in many areas, including customer service, product availability, store location, brand recognition and price. We compete in both the DIY and professional service provider portions of the automotive aftermarket and are one of the largest specialty retailers within that market. We compete primarily with

• national retail and wholesale automotive parts chains (such as AutoZone, Inc., Advance Auto Parts, CARQUEST, NAPA and the Pep Boys - Manny, Moe and Jack, Inc.);

• regional retail and wholesale automotive parts chains;

• wholesalers or jobber stores (some of which are associated with national automotive parts distributors or associations such as NAPA, CARQUEST, Bumper to Bumper and Auto Value);

• automobile dealers; and

• mass merchandisers and online retailers that carry automotive replacement parts, maintenance items and accessories (such as Wal-Mart Stores, Inc.).

We compete on the basis of customer service, which includes merchandise selection and availability, technical proficiency and helpfulness of store personnel, price, store layout and convenient and accessible store locations. Our dual market strategy requires significant capital, such as the capital expenditures required for our distribution and store networks and working capital needed to maintain inventory levels necessary for providing products to both the DIY and professional service provider portions of the automotive aftermarket.

11

Inflation and Seasonality

We have been successful, in many cases, in reducing the effects of merchandise cost increases principally by taking advantage of supplier incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and selective forward buying. To the extent our acquisition costs increase due to base commodity price increases industry wide, we have typically been able to pass along these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products. As a result, we do not believe our operations have been materially, adversely affected by inflation.

To some extent our business is seasonal, primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns. Store sales, profits and inventory levels have historically been higher in the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth quarters (October through March) of the year.

Regulations

We are subject to federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to our business, including those related to the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances, the recycling of batteries and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.

As part of our operations, we handle hazardous materials in the ordinary course of business and our customers may bring hazardous materials onto our property in connection with, for example, our oil and battery recycling programs. We currently provide a recycling program for batteries and the collection of used lubricants at certain stores as a service to our customers pursuant to agreements with third-party suppliers. The batteries and used lubricants are collected by our Team Members, deposited into supplier-provided containers and pallets, and then disposed of by the third-party suppliers. In general, our agreements with such suppliers contain provisions that are designed to limit our potential liability under applicable environmental regulations for any damage or contamination, which may be caused by the batteries and lubricants to off-site properties (including as a result of waste disposal) and to our properties, when caused by the supplier.

Compliance with any such laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our operations to date. However, we cannot give any assurance that we will not incur significant expenses in the future in order to comply with any such laws or regulations.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following paragraphs discuss information about our executive officers, who are not also directors:

Greg L. Henslee, age 56, Chief Executive Officer, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 32 years. Mr. Henslee’s O’Reilly career began as a Parts Specialist and progressed through the roles of Assistant Store Manager, District Manager, Computer Operations Manager, Director of Computer Operations and Loss Prevention, Vice President of Store Operations, Senior Vice President, President of Merchandise, Distribution, Information Systems and Loss Prevention, Chief Executive Officer and Co-President, and Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Henslee has held the position of Chief Executive Officer since 2005.

Gregory D. Johnson, age 51, Co-President, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 34 years. Mr. Johnson’s primary areas of responsibility are Merchandise, Logistics, Purchasing, Inventory Management, Pricing, Advertising, Information Technology, Legal, Risk Management, Loss Prevention, Human Resources and Finance. Mr. Johnson’s O’Reilly career began as a part-time Distribution Center Team Member and progressed through the roles of Retail Systems Manager, Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) Development Manager, Director of Distribution, Vice President of Distribution Operations, Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations, and Executive Vice President of Supply Chain. Mr. Johnson has held the position of Co-President since February of 2017.

Jeff M. Shaw, age 54, Co-President, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 28 years. Mr. Shaw’s primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations, Sales, Distribution Operations, Real Estate, Jobber Sales and Acquisitions. Mr. Shaw’s O’Reilly career began as a Parts Specialist and progressed through the roles of Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Manager, Vice President of the Southern Division, Vice President of Sales and Operations, Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations, and Executive Vice President of Store Operations and Sales. Mr. Shaw has held the position of Co-President since February of 2017.

Tom McFall, age 46, Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 10 years. Mr. McFall’s primary areas of responsibility are Finance, Accounting, Information Technology, Legal, and Risk Management. Mr. McFall’s career began with Ernst & Young LLP in Detroit, Michigan, where he achieved the position of Audit Manager, before accepting a position with Murray’s Discount Auto Stores (“Murray’s”). Mr. McFall served Murray’s for eight years through the roles

12

of Controller, Vice President of Finance, and Chief Financial Officer, with direct responsibility for finance, accounting, and distribution and logistics operations. After Murray’s was acquired by CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”) in 2005, Mr. McFall held the position of Chief Financial Officer of Midwest Operation for CSK. In May of 2006, Mr. McFall joined O’Reilly as Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. McFall has held the position of Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer since 2007.

Tony Bartholomew, age 55, Senior Vice President of Professional Sales, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 34 years. Mr. Bartholomew’s primary area of responsibility is Professional Sales. Mr. Bartholomew’s O’Reilly career began as a Delivery Specialist and progressed through the roles of Parts Specialist, Assistant Manager, Night Manager, Merchandising Set Up Crew Supervisor, Equipment Sales Manager, Regional Field Sales Manager, Director of Southern Division Sales, and Vice President of Professional Sales. Mr. Bartholomew has held the position of Senior Vice President of Professional Sales since 2013.

Brad Beckham, age 38, Senior Vice President of Central Store Operations and Sales, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 20 years. Mr. Beckham’s primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations and Sales for O’Reilly’s Central Store Operations. Mr. Beckham’s O’Reilly career began as a Parts Specialist and progressed through the roles of Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Manager, Divisional Vice President, Vice President of Eastern Store Operations and Sales, and Senior Vice President of Eastern Store Operations and Sales. Mr. Beckham has been a Senior Vice President since 2014 and has held the position of Senior Vice President of Central Store Operations and Sales since July of 2016.

Keith Childers, age 57, Senior Vice President of Western Store Operations and Sales, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 39 years. Mr. Childers’s primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations and Sales for O’Reilly’s Western Store operations. Mr. Childers’s career began as a Parts Specialist and progressed through the roles of Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Manager, Vice President of CSK Store Operations Integration, and Vice President of Western Store Operations and Sales. Mr. Childers has held the position of Senior Vice President of Western Store Operations and Sales since 2014.

Robert Dumas, age 43, Senior Vice President of Eastern Store Operations and Sales, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 25 years. Mr. Dumas’s primary areas of responsibility are Store Operations and Sales for O’Reilly’s Eastern Store Operations. Mr. Dumas’s O’Reilly career began as a Parts Specialist and progressed through the roles of Installer Service Specialist, Night Manager, Associate Manager, Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Manager, and Divisional Vice President. Mr. Dumas has held the position of Senior Vice President of Eastern Store Operations and Sales since July of 2016.

Larry Ellis, age 61, Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 41 years. Mr. Ellis’s primary areas of responsibility are Distribution Operations and Logistics. Mr. Ellis’s O’Reilly career began as a Distribution Center Team Member and progressed through the roles of Distribution Center Supervisor, Distribution Center Manager, Director of Distribution Operations, Vice President of Logistics, Vice President of Western Division Distribution Operations, and Vice President of Distribution Operations. Mr. Ellis has held the position of Senior Vice President of Distribution Operations since 2014.

Jeremy A. Fletcher, age 39, Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 11 years. Mr. Fletcher’s primary area of responsibility is Finance. Mr. Fletcher’s O’Reilly career began as the Financial Reporting and Budgeting Manager and progressed through the roles of Director of Finance, and Vice President of Finance and Controller. Prior to joining O’Reilly, Mr. Fletcher worked as a Certified Public Accountant with a public accounting firm and in a financial reporting and planning role for a Fortune 1000 corporation. Mr. Fletcher has held the position of Senior Vice President of Finance and Controller since February of 2017.

Jeffrey L. Groves, age 51, Senior Vice President of Legal and General Counsel, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 12 years. Mr. Groves’s primary areas of responsibility are Corporate Governance, Regulatory Matters, and Internal Audit. Mr. Groves’s O’Reilly career began as Director of Legal and Claim Services and progressed through the roles of Director of Legal and Claim Services and General Counsel and Vice President of Legal and Claim Services and General Counsel. Prior to joining O’Reilly, Mr. Groves worked in a private civil defense trial practice. Mr. Groves has held the position of Senior Vice President of Legal and General Counsel since January of 2016.

Randy Johnson, age 61, Senior Vice President of Inventory Management, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 43 years. Mr. Johnson’s primary areas of responsibility are Inventory Management, Purchasing, Logistics, and Store Design. Mr. Johnson’s O’Reilly career began as a Distribution Center Team Member and progressed through the roles of Customer Service Manager, Inventory Control Manager, Director of Store Inventory Management, and Vice President of Store Inventory Management. Mr. Johnson has held the position of Senior Vice President of Inventory Management since 2010.

Scott Kraus, age 40, Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Expansion, has been an O’Reilly Team Member for 18 years. Mr. Kraus’s primary areas of responsibility are Real Estate Expansion and Acquisitions. Mr. Kraus’s O’Reilly career began as a Parts

13

Specialist and progressed through the roles of Store Manager, District Manager, Regional Field Sales Manager, Regional Manager, Divisional Vice President, and Vice President of Real Estate. Mr. Kraus has held the position of Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Expansion since January of 2016.

Jeffrey A. Lauro, age 50, Senior Vice President of Information Technology, has been an O’Reilly Team Member since 2015. Mr. Lauro’s primary area of responsibility is Information Technology. Mr. Lauro has over 25 years of information technology experience in the retail industry. Prior to joining O’Reilly, Mr. Lauro held the position of Chief Information Officer for Payless ShoeSource (“Payless”), with direct responsibility for solution delivery, infrastructure and operations, and enterprise architecture. Prior to joining Payless, Mr. Lauro was the Vice President, Global Information Technology Service Delivery Director for The TJX Companies, Inc., with direct responsibility for global information technology service management, operations, implementation and disaster recovery. In 2015, Mr. Lauro joined O’Reilly as Senior Vice President of Information Technology and has held this position since that time.

C. David Wilbanks, age 45, Senior Vice President of Merchandise, has been an O’Reilly Team Member since 2012. Mr. Wilbanks’s primary areas of responsibility are Merchandise and Pricing. Mr. Wilbanks has over 25 years of experience in the automotive aftermarket industry. Mr. Wilbanks’s career began as a counter technician for an independent jobber and progressed to becoming an ASE Certified Master Technician for an automotive dealership, before accepting a position with AutoZone, Inc. (“AutoZone”). Mr. Wilbanks served AutoZone for twelve years as a financial analyst, Category Manager, and Director of Merchandise. In 2012, Mr. Wilbanks joined O’Reilly as Vice President of Merchandise and has held the position of Senior Vice President of Merchandise since March of 2016.

SERVICE MARKS AND TRADEMARKS

We have registered, acquired and/or been assigned the following service marks and trademarks: BESTEST®; BETTER PARTS. BETTER PRICES.®; BETTER PARTS, BETTER PRICES....EVERYDAY!®; BRAKEBEST®; CERTIFIED AUTO REPAIR®; CUSTOMIZE YOUR RIDE®; CSK PROSHOP®; FIRST CALL®; FROM OUR STORE TO YOUR DOOR®; HI-LO®; IMPORT DIRECT®; KRAGEN AUTO PARTS®; MASTER PRO®; MASTER PRO REFINISHING®; MICROGARD®; MURRAY®; MURRAY’S AUTO PARTS®; O®; OMNISPARK®; O’REILLY®; O’REILLY AUTO COLOR PROFESSIONAL PAINT PEOPLE®; O’REILLY AUTO PARTS®; O’REILLY AUTO PARTS PROFESSIONAL PARTS PEOPLE®; O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE®; O’REILLY O’REWARDS®; O’REILLY RACING®; O’REWARDS®; PARTNERSHIP NETWORK®; PARTS CITY®; PARTS CITY AUTO COLOR PROFESSIONAL PAINT PEOPLE®; PARTS CITY AUTO PARTS®; PARTS CITY TOOL BOX®; PARTS PAYOFF®; POWER TORQUE®; PRECISION®; PRECISION HUB ASSEMBLIES®; PRIORITY PARTS®; PROXONE®; QUIETECH®; REAL WORLD TRAINING®; SCHUCK’S®; SERIOUS ABOUT YOUR CAR…SO ARE WE!®; SUPER START®; TOOLBOX®; and ULTIMA®. Some of the service marks and trademarks listed above may also have a design associated therewith. Each of the service marks and trademarks are in duration for as long as we continue to use and seek renewal of such marks – the duration of each of these service marks and trademarks is typically between five and ten years per renewal. We believe that our business is not otherwise dependent upon any patent, trademark, service mark or copyright.

Solely for convenience, our service marks and trademarks may appear in this report without the ® or ™ symbol, which is not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the right to these service marks and trademarks.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Internet address is www.oreillyauto.com. Interested readers can access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the Securities and Exchange Commission website at www.sec.gov and searching with our ticker symbol “ORLY.” Such reports are generally available the day they are filed. Upon request, we will furnish interested readers a paper copy of such reports free of charge by contacting Mark Merz, Vice President of Investor Relations, Financial Reporting and Planning, at 233 South Patterson Avenue, Springfield, Missouri, 65802.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Unless otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms, as well as references to the “Company,” refer to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Our future performance is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties. Although the risks described below are the risks that we believe are material, there may also be risks of which we are currently unaware, or that we currently regard as immaterial based upon the information available to us that later may prove to be material. Interested parties should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in these risk factors, elsewhere in this Form 10-K and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could

14

have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Actual results, therefore, may materially differ from anticipated results described in our forward-looking statements.

Deteriorating economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products, reduce access to credit and cause our customers and others, with which we do business, to suffer financial hardship, all of which could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Although demand for many of our products is primarily non-discretionary in nature and tend to be purchased by consumers out of necessity, rather than on an impulse basis, our sales are impacted by constraints on the economic health of our customers. The economic health of our customers is affected by many factors, including, among others, general business conditions, interest rates, inflation, consumer debt levels, the availability of consumer credit, currency exchange rates, taxation, fuel prices, unemployment levels and other matters that influence consumer confidence and spending. Many of these factors are outside of our control. Our customers’ purchases, including purchases of our products, could decline during periods when income is lower, when prices increase in response to rising costs, or in periods of actual or perceived unfavorable economic conditions. In addition, restrictions on access to telematics, diagnostic tools and repair information imposed by the original vehicle manufacturers or by governmental regulations may force vehicle owners to rely on dealers to perform maintenance and repairs. If any of these events occur, or if unfavorable economic conditions challenge the consumer environment, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Overall demand for products sold in the automotive aftermarket is dependent upon many factors including the total number of vehicle miles driven in the U.S., the total number of registered vehicles in the U.S., the age and quality of these registered vehicles and the level of unemployment in the U.S. Adverse changes in these factors could lead to a decreased level of demand for our products, which could negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, economic conditions, including decreased access to credit, may result in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our customers, suppliers, logistics and other service providers and financial institutions that are counterparties to our credit facilities. Furthermore, the ability of these third parties to overcome these difficulties may increase. If third parties, on whom we rely for merchandise, are unable to overcome difficulties resulting from the deterioration in economic conditions and provide us with the merchandise we need, or if counterparties to our credit facilities do not perform their obligations, our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

The automotive aftermarket business is highly competitive, and we may have to risk our capital to remain competitive.

Both the do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and professional service provider portions of our business are highly competitive, particularly in the more densely populated areas that we serve. Some of our competitors are larger than we are and have greater financial resources. In addition, some of our competitors are smaller than we are, but have a greater presence than we do in a particular market. We may have to expend more resources and risk additional capital to remain competitive. For a list of our principal competitors, see the “Competition” section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

We are sensitive to regional economic and weather conditions that could impact our costs and sales.

Our business is sensitive to national and regional economic and weather conditions, and natural disasters. Unusually inclement weather, such as significant rain, snow, sleet, freezing rain, flooding, seismic activity and hurricanes, has historically discouraged our customers from visiting our stores during the affected period and reduced our sales, particularly to DIY customers. Extreme weather conditions, such as extreme heat and extreme cold temperatures, may enhance demand for our products due to increased failure rates of our customers’ automotive parts, while temperate weather conditions may have a lesser impact on failure rates of automotive parts. In addition, our stores and distribution centers (“DCs”) located in coastal regions may be subject to increased insurance claims resulting from regional weather conditions and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We cannot assure future growth will be achieved.

We believe that our ability to open additional, profitable stores at a high growth rate will be a significant factor in achieving our growth objectives for the future. Our ability to accomplish our growth objectives is dependent, in part, on matters beyond our control, such as weather conditions, zoning, and other issues related to new store site development, the availability of qualified management personnel and general business and economic conditions. We cannot be sure that our growth plans for 2017 and beyond will be achieved. Failure to achieve our growth objectives may negatively impact the trading price of our common stock. For a discussion of our growth strategies, see the “Growth Strategy” section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

In order to be successful, we will need to retain and motivate key employees.

Our success has been largely dependent on the efforts of certain key personnel. In order to be successful, we will need to retain and motivate executives and other key employees. Experienced management and technical personnel are in high demand and competition for their talents is intense. We must also continue to motivate employees and keep them focused on our strategies and goals. Our business, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected by the unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our key employees. We cannot be sure that we will be able to continue to attract qualified personnel, which could cause us to be less efficient

15

and, as a result, may adversely impact our sales and profitability. For a discussion of our management, see the “Business” section of Item 1 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

A change in the relationship with any of our key suppliers, the unavailability of our key products at competitive prices or changes in trade policies could affect our financial health.

Our business depends on developing and maintaining close relationships with our suppliers and on our suppliers’ ability or willingness to sell quality products to us at favorable prices and terms. Many factors outside of our control may harm these relationships and the ability or willingness of these suppliers to sell us products on favorable terms. For example, financial or operational difficulties that our suppliers may face could increase the cost of the products we purchase from them or our ability to source product from them. In addition, the trend toward consolidation among automotive parts suppliers, as well as the off-shoring of manufacturing capacity to foreign countries, may disrupt or end our relationship with some suppliers and could lead to less competition and result in higher prices. We could also be negatively impacted by suppliers who might experience work stoppages, labor strikes or other interruptions to, or difficulties in the, manufacture or supply of the products we purchase from them. Changes in U.S. trade policies, practices, tariffs or taxes could affect our ability and our suppliers’ ability to source product at current volumes and/or prices.

Risks associated with future acquisitions may not lead to expected growth and could result in increased costs and inefficiencies.

We expect to continue to make acquisitions as an element of our growth strategy. Acquisitions involve certain risks that could cause our actual growth and profitability to differ from our expectations, examples of such risks include the following:

• We may not be able to continue to identify suitable acquisition targets or to acquire additional companies at favorable prices or on other favorable terms.

• Our management’s attention may be distracted.

• We may fail to retain key personnel from acquired businesses.

• We may assume unanticipated legal liabilities and other problems.

• We may not be able to successfully integrate the operations (accounting and billing functions, for example) of businesses we acquire to realize economic, operational and other benefits.

• We may fail, or be unable to, discover liabilities of businesses that we acquire for which we or the subsequent owner or operator may be liable.

Business interruptions in our distribution centers or other facilities may affect our store hours, operability of our computer systems, and/or availability and distribution of merchandise, which may affect our business.

Weather, terrorist activities, war or other disasters, or the threat of them, may result in the closure of one or more of our DCs or other facilities, or may adversely affect our ability to deliver inventory to our stores on a nightly basis. This may affect our ability to timely provide products to our customers, resulting in lost sales or a potential loss of customer loyalty. Some of our merchandise is imported from other countries and these goods could become difficult or impossible to bring into the United States, and we may not be able to obtain such merchandise from other sources at similar prices. Such a disruption in revenue could potentially have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We rely extensively on our computer systems to manage inventory, process transactions and timely provide products to our customers. Our systems are subject to damage or interruption from power outages, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches or other catastrophic events. If our systems are damaged or fail to function properly, we may experience loss of critical data and interruptions or delays in our ability to manage inventories or process customer transactions. Such a disruption of our systems could negatively impact revenue and potentially have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product and service quality may reduce our brand value and negatively impact our business.

We believe our Company has built an excellent reputation as a leading retailer in the automotive aftermarket industry. We believe our continued success depends, in part, on our ability to preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand. Brand value is based, in large part, on perceptions of subjective qualities and even isolated incidents can erode trust and confidence, particularly if they result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation, which can negatively impact these perceptions and lead to adverse effects on our business or Team Members.

Risks related to us and unanticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could affect our stock price.

We believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful indicators of our future operating results and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance. If our quarterly operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, the trading price of our common stock could be negatively affected. We cannot be certain that our growth plans and business strategies will be successful or that they will successfully meet the expectations of these analysts. If we fail to adequately address any of these risks or difficulties, our stock price would likely suffer.

16

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could expose us to securities class action litigation.

The stock market and the price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations based upon general economic and market conditions. The market price of our common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet analysts’ expectations and failure to meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

In addition, stock market volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. Downturns in the stock market may cause the price of our common stock to decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against such companies. If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our increased debt levels could adversely affect our cash flow and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.

We have an unsecured revolving credit facility and unsecured senior notes, which could have important consequences to our financial health. For example, our level of indebtedness could, among other things,

• make it more difficult to satisfy our financial obligations, including those relating to the senior unsecured notes and our credit facility;

• increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;

• limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in our industry, which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;

• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows to service the principal and interest on the debt, reducing the funds available for other business purposes, such as working capital, capital expenditures or other cash requirements;

• limit our ability to incur additional debt with acceptable terms, if at all; and

• expose us to fluctuations in interest rates.

In addition, the terms of our financing obligations include restrictions, such as affirmative, negative and financial covenants, conditions on borrowing and subsidiary guarantees. A failure to comply with these restrictions could result in a default under our financing obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions. The occurrence of a default that remains uncured or the inability to secure a necessary consent or waiver could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A downgrade in our credit rating would impact our cost of capital and could impact the market value of our unsecured senior notes, as well as limit our access to attractive supplier financing programs.

Credit ratings are an important component of our cost of capital. These ratings are based upon, among other factors, our financial strength. Our current credit ratings provide us with the ability to borrow funds at favorable rates. A downgrade in our current credit rating from either rating agency could adversely affect our cost of capital by causing us to pay a higher interest rate on borrowed funds under our unsecured revolving credit facility and a higher facility fee on commitments under our unsecured revolving credit facility. A downgrade in our current credit rating could also adversely affect the market price and/or liquidity of our unsecured senior notes, preventing a holder from selling the unsecured senior notes at a favorable price, as well as adversely affect our ability to issue new notes in the future. In addition, a downgrade in our current credit rating could limit the financial institutions willing to commit funds to our supplier financing programs at attractive rates. Decreased participation in our supplier financing programs would lead to an increase in working capital needed to operate the business, adversely affecting our cash flows.

A breach of customer, Team Member or Company information could damage our reputation or result in substantial additional costs or possible litigation.

Our business involves the storage of personal information about our customers and Team Members. We have taken reasonable and appropriate steps to protect this information; however, if we experience a significant data security breach, we could be exposed to damage to our reputation, additional costs, lost sales or possible regulatory action. The regulatory environment related to information security and privacy is constantly evolving, and compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs. There is no guarantee that the procedures that we have implemented to protect against unauthorized access to secured data are adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches, and such a breach could potentially have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

17

Litigation, governmental proceedings, environmental legislation and regulations, employment legislation and regulations and healthcare reform legislation may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are, and in the future may become, involved in lawsuits, regulatory inquiries, and governmental and other legal proceedings, arising out of the ordinary course of our business. The damages sought against us in some of these litigation proceedings may be material and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Environmental legislation and regulations, like the initiatives to limit greenhouse gas emissions and bills related to climate change, could adversely impact all industries. While it is uncertain whether these initiatives will become law, additional climate change related mandates could potentially be forthcoming and these matters, if enacted, could adversely impact our costs, by, among other things, increasing fuel prices.

Our business is subject to employment legislation and regulations, including requirements related to minimum wage. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to manage operating costs and identify opportunities to reduce costs. Our ability to meet labor needs, while controlling costs is subject to external factors, such as minimum wage legislation. A violation of, or change in, employment legislation and/or regulations could hinder our ability to control costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The enacted Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as well as other healthcare reform legislation considered by Congress and state legislatures, significantly impacts our healthcare cost structure and increases our healthcare-related expenses. We continue to evaluate potential additional impacts the healthcare reform legislation will have on our business and the steps necessary to mitigate such impacts. If we cannot effectively mitigate the potential additional impacts of the healthcare reform legislation, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be adversely impacted.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

18

Item 2. Properties

Unless otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms, as well as references to the “Company,” refer to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Distribution centers, stores, and other properties

As of December 31, 2016, we operated 27 regional distribution centers (“DC”s), of which eight were leased (2.8 million operating square footage) and 19 were owned (7.8 million operating square footage) for total DC operating square footage of 10.6 million square feet. The following table provides information regarding our DCs, returns facility and corporate offices as of December 31, 2016:

Location	Principal Use(s)	Operating Square Footage (1)	Nature of Occupancy	Lease Term Expiration
Aurora, CO	Distribution Center	321,242	Owned
Belleville, MI	Distribution Center	333,262	Leased	2/28/2025
Billings, MT	Distribution Center	129,142	Leased	1/31/2031
Brooklyn Park, MN	Distribution Center	324,668	Owned
Brownsburg, IN	Distribution Center	657,603	Owned
Des Moines, IA	Distribution Center	253,886	Owned
Devens, MA	Distribution Center	511,261	Owned
Forest Park, GA	Distribution Center	492,350	Leased	10/31/2024
Greensboro, NC	Distribution Center	441,600	Owned
Houston, TX	Distribution Center	532,615	Owned
Kansas City, MO	Distribution Center	299,018	Owned
Knoxville, TN	Distribution Center	150,766	Owned
Lakeland, FL	Distribution Center	569,419	Owned
Lubbock, TX	Distribution Center	276,896	Owned
Moreno Valley, CA	Distribution Center	547,478	Owned
Naperville, IL	Distribution Center	499,471	Owned
Nashville, TN	Distribution Center	315,977	Leased	12/31/2018
North Little Rock, AR	Distribution Center	122,969	Leased	3/31/2022
Oklahoma City, OK	Distribution Center	320,667	Owned
Phoenix, AZ	Distribution Center	383,570	Leased	6/30/2025
Puyallup, WA	Distribution Center	533,790	Owned
Salt Lake City, UT	Distribution Center	294,932	Owned
Saraland, AL	Distribution Center	301,068	Leased	12/31/2022
Seagoville, TX	Distribution Center	442,000	Owned
Selma, TX	Distribution Center	552,703	Owned
Springfield, MO	Distribution Center	266,306	Owned
Stockton, CA	Distribution Center	720,836	Leased	6/30/2035
Auburn, WA	Bulk Facility	81,761	Leased	6/30/2018
Barre, VT	Bulk Facility	52,100	Leased	11/30/2018
Springfield, MO	Bulk Facility	35,200	Owned
Springfield, MO	Return/Deconsolidation Facility, Corporate Offices	290,580	Owned
Phoenix, AZ	Corporate Offices	12,327	Leased	11/30/2022
Springfield, MO	Corporate Offices	435,600	Owned
Springfield, MO	Corporate Offices	46,970	Leased	8/31/2024
Springfield, MO	Corporate Offices, Training and Technical Center	22,000	Owned
		11,572,033

⁽¹⁾  Includes floor and mezzanine operating square footage, excludes subleased square footage.

19

The leased distribution facilities typically require a fixed base rent, payment of certain tax, insurance and maintenance expenses and have an original term of, at a minimum, 20 years, subject to one five-year renewal at our option.

Of the 4,829 stores that we operated at December 31, 2016, 1,912 stores were owned, 2,842 stores were leased from unaffiliated parties and 75 stores were leased from entities, in which certain of our affiliated directors, or members of our affiliated director’s immediate family, and an executive officer of the Company are affiliated. Leases with unaffiliated parties generally provide for payment of a fixed base rent, payment of certain tax, insurance and maintenance expenses and an original term of, at a minimum, 10 years, subject to one or more renewals at our option. We have entered into separate master lease agreements with each of the affiliated entities for the occupancy of the stores covered thereby. Such master lease agreements with six of the seven affiliated entities have been modified to extend the term of the lease agreement for specific stores. The master lease agreements or modifications thereto expire on dates ranging from March 31, 2018, to September 30, 2031. We believe that the lease agreements with the affiliated entities are on terms comparable to those obtainable from third parties.

We believe that our present facilities are in good condition, are adequately insured and are adequate for the conduct of our current operations. The store servicing capability of our 27 existing DCs is approximately 5,500 stores, providing a growth capacity of more than 650 stores. We believe the growth capacity in our 27 existing DCs will provide us with the DC infrastructure needed for near-term expansion. However, as we expand our geographic footprint, we will continue to evaluate our existing distribution system infrastructure and will adjust our distribution system capacity as needed to support our future growth.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or “O’Reilly”) is currently involved in litigation incidental to the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business. The Company records reserves for litigation losses in instances where a material adverse outcome is probable and the Company is able to reasonably estimate the probable loss. The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred in pending litigation matters. Although the Company cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.

As previously reported, the Company received a subpoena from the District Attorney of the County of Alameda, along with other environmental prosecutorial offices in the state of California, seeking documents and information related to the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. On November 30, 2016, the Company through its affiliates, entered into a Stipulation for Entry of Final Judgment and Permanent Injunction, including certain injunctive and monetary relief within the previously established accruals.

As previously reported, on June 18, 2015, a jury in Greene County, Missouri returned an unfavorable verdict in a litigated contract dispute in the matter Meridian Creative Alliance vs. O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. et. al. in the amount of $12.5 million. The Company has vigorously challenged the verdict in the Court of Appeals. Following the matter being fully briefed by the parties, oral argument was held in the Court of Appeals on January 12, 2017. The Court currently has the matter under consideration. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had reserved $18.6 million with respect to this matter.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

20

PART II

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common stock:

Shares of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) common stock are traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “ORLY.” The Company’s common stock began trading on April 22, 1993; no cash dividends have been declared since that time, and the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

As of February 21, 2017, the Company had approximately 238,000 shareholders of common stock based on the number of holders of record and an estimate of individual participants represented by security position listings.

The prices in the following table represent the high and low sales price for the Company’s common stock as reported by Nasdaq:

	2016				2015
	High		Low		High		Low
First Quarter	$	276.64	$	232.16	$	219.38	$	179.96
Second Quarter	277.82		253.32		232.41		214.05
Third Quarter	290.63		271.33		256.47		230.82
Fourth Quarter	285.53		253.00		276.26		247.29
For the Year	$	290.63	$	232.16	$	276.26	$	179.96

Sales of unregistered securities:

There were no sales of unregistered securities during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Issuer purchases of equity securities:

The following table identifies all repurchases during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016, of any of the Company’s securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, by or on behalf of the Company or any affiliated purchaser (in thousands, except per share data):

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs	Maximum Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Programs(1)
October 1, 2016, to October 31, 2016	288	$	276.77	288	$	603,610
November 1, 2016, to November 30, 2016	1,265	264.44		1,265	1,019,107
December 1, 2016, to December 31, 2016	472	278.40		472	$	887,826
Total as of December 31, 2016	2,025	$	269.45	2,025

⁽¹⁾  Under the Company’s share repurchase program, as approved by its Board of Directors on January 11, 2011, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions not to exceed a dollar limit authorized by the Board of Directors. The Company’s Board of Directors may increase or otherwise modify, renew, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, without prior notice. As announced on February 10, 2016, May 27, 2016, and November 16, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors each time approved a resolution to increase the authorization amount under the share repurchase program by an additional $750 million, resulting in a cumulative authorization amount of $7.8 billion. Each additional authorization is effective for a three-year period, beginning on its respective announcement date. The authorization under the share repurchase program that currently has capacity is scheduled to expire on November 16, 2019. No other share repurchase programs existed during the twelve months ended December 31, 2016.

The Company repurchased a total of 5.7 million shares of its common stock under its publicly announced share repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2016, at an average price per share of $264.21, for a total investment of $1.5 billion. Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, the Company repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares of its common stock, at an average price per share of $267.32, for a total investment of $387.5 million. The Company has repurchased a total of 58.4 million shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program since the inception of the program in January of 2011 and through February 28, 2017, at an average price of $124.14, for a total aggregate investment of $7.2 billion.

21

Stock performance graph:

The graph below shows the cumulative total shareholder return assuming the investment of $100, on December 31, 2011, and the reinvestment of dividends thereafter, if any, in the Company’s common stock versus the Standard and Poor’s S&P 500 Retail Index (“S&P 500 Retail Index”) and the Standard and Poor’s S&P 500 Index (“S&P 500”).

	December 31,
Company/Index	2011		2012		2013		2014		2015		2016
O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.	$	100	$	112	$	161	$	241	$	317	$	348
S&P 500 Retail Index	100		125		180		197		245		257
S&P 500	$	100	$	113	$	147	$	164	$	163	$	178

22

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The table below compares O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.’s (the “Company”) selected financial data over a ten-year period.

Years ended December 31,	2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
(In thousands, except per share, Team Members, stores and ratio data)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Sales ($)	8,593,096		7,966,674		7,216,081		6,649,237		6,182,184		5,788,816		5,397,525		4,847,062		3,576,553		2,522,319
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	4,084,085		3,804,031		3,507,180		3,280,236		3,084,766		2,951,467		2,776,533		2,520,534		1,948,627		1,401,859
Gross profit	4,509,011		4,162,643		3,708,901		3,369,001		3,097,418		2,837,349		2,620,992		2,326,528		1,627,926		1,120,460
Selling, general and administrative expenses	2,809,805		2,648,622		2,438,527		2,265,516		2,120,025		1,973,381		1,887,316		1,788,909		1,292,309		815,309
Former CSK officer clawback	—		—		—		—		—		(2,798	)	—		—		—		—
Legacy CSK Department of Justice investigation charge	—		—		—		—		—		—		20,900		—		—		—
Operating income	1,699,206		1,514,021		1,270,374		1,103,485		977,393		866,766		712,776		537,619		335,617		305,151
Write-off of asset-based revolving credit agreement debt issuance costs	—		—		—		—		—		(21,626	)	—		—		—		—
Termination of interest rate swap agreements	—		—		—		—		—		(4,237	)	—		—		—		—
Gain on settlement of note receivable	—		—		—		—		—		—		11,639		—		—		—
Other income (expense), net	(62,015	)	(53,655	)	(48,192	)	(44,543	)	(35,872	)	(25,130	)	(35,042	)	(40,721	)	(33,085	)	2,337
Total other income (expense)	(62,015	)	(53,655	)	(48,192	)	(44,543	)	(35,872	)	(50,993	)	(23,403	)	(40,721	)	(33,085	)	2,337
Income before income taxes	1,637,191		1,460,366		1,222,182		1,058,942		941,521		815,773		689,373		496,898		302,532		307,488
Provision for income taxes	599,500		529,150		444,000		388,650		355,775		308,100		270,000		189,400		116,300		113,500
Net income ($)	1,037,691		931,216		778,182		670,292		585,746		507,673		419,373		307,498		186,232		193,988
Basic earnings per common share:
Earnings per share – basic ($)	10.87		9.32		7.46		6.14		4.83		3.77		3.02		2.26		1.50		1.69
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic	95,447		99,965		104,262		109,244		121,182		134,667		138,654		136,230		124,526		114,667
Earnings per common share -assuming dilution:
Earnings per share – assuming dilution ($)	10.73		9.17		7.34		6.03		4.75		3.71		2.95		2.23		1.48		1.67
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution	96,720		101,514		106,041		111,101		123,314		136,983		141,992		137,882		125,413		116,080
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Number of Team Members at year end	74,580		71,621		67,569		61,909		53,063		49,324		46,858		44,880		40,735		23,576
Number of stores at year end (a)	4,829		4,571		4,366		4,166		3,976		3,740		3,570		3,421		3,285		1,830
Total store square footage at year end (b)	35,123		33,148		31,591		30,077		28,628		26,530		25,315		24,200		23,205		12,439
Sales per weighted-average store (c)($)	1,826		1,769		1,678		1,614		1,590		1,566		1,527		1,424		1,379		1,430
Sales per weighted-average square foot (b)(d)($)	251		244		232		224		224		221		216		202		201		212
Percentage increase in comparable store sales (e)(f)	4.8	%	7.5	%	6.0	%	4.6	%	3.5	%	4.6	%	8.8	%	4.8	%	1.3	%	3.7	%

23

Years ended December 31,	2016		2015		2014		2013		2012		2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
(In thousands, except per share, Team Members, stores and ratio data)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (g)($)	(142,674	)	(36,372	)	252,082		430,832		478,093		1,028,330		1,029,861		900,857		749,276		573,328
Total assets (g)($)	7,204,189		6,676,684		6,532,083		6,057,895		5,741,241		5,494,174		5,031,950		4,695,536		4,551,586		2,279,737
Inventory turnover (h)	1.5		1.5		1.4		1.4		1.4		1.5		1.4		1.4		1.6		1.6
Accounts payable to inventory (i)	105.7	%	99.1	%	94.6	%	86.6	%	84.7	%	64.4	%	44.3	%	42.8	%	46.9	%	43.2	%
Current portion of long-term debt and short-term debt ($)	—		—		25		67		222		662		1,431		106,708		8,131		25,320
Long-term debt, less current portion (g)($)	1,887,019		1,390,018		1,388,397		1,386,828		1,087,789		790,585		357,273		684,040		724,564		75,149
Shareholders’ equity ($)	1,627,136		1,961,314		2,018,418		1,966,321		2,108,307		2,844,851		3,209,685		2,685,865		2,282,218		1,592,477
CASH FLOW DATA:
Cash provided by operating activities ($)	1,454,167		1,281,476		1,190,430		908,026		1,251,555		1,118,991		703,687		285,200		298,542		299,418
Capital expenditures ($)	476,344		414,020		429,987		395,881		300,719		328,319		365,419		414,779		341,679		282,655
Free cash flow (j)($)	977,823		867,456		760,443		512,145		950,836		790,672		338,268		(129,579	)	(43,137	)	16,763

(a) In 2008, 2012, and 2016, the Company acquired CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”), VIP Parts, Tires & Service (“VIP”), and Bond Auto Parts (“Bond”), respectively. The 2008 CSK acquisition added 1,342 stores, the 2012 VIP acquisition added 56 stores, and the 2016 Bond acquisition added 48 stores to the O’Reilly store count. Financial results for these acquired companies have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the dates of the acquisitions forward.

(b) Total square footage includes normal selling, office, stockroom and receiving space.

(c) Sales per weighted-average store are weighted to consider the approximate dates of store openings, acquisitions or closures.

(d) Sales per weighted-average square foot are weighted to consider the approximate dates of store openings, acquisitions, expansions or closures.

(e) Comparable store sales are calculated based on the change in sales of stores open at least one year and excludes sales of specialty machinery, sales to independent parts stores, sales to Team Members, sales from Leap Day during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2012 and 2008, and sales during the one to two week period certain CSK branded stores were closed for conversion.

(f) Comparable store sales for 2008 include sales for stores acquired in the CSK acquisition. Comparable store sales for stores operating on O’Reilly systems open at least one year increased 2.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008. Comparable store sales for stores operating on the legacy CSK system open at least one year decreased 1.7% for the portion of CSK’s sales in 2008 since the July 11, 2008, acquisition.

(g) Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current period presentation, due to the Company’s adoption of new accounting standards during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015. See Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

(h) Inventory turnover is calculated as cost of goods sold for the last 12 months divided by average inventory. Average inventory is calculated as the average of inventory for the trailing four quarters used in determining the denominator.

(i) Accounts payable to inventory is calculated as accounts payable divided by inventory.

(j) Free cash flow is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures for the period.

24

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Unless otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms, as well as references to the “Company” or “O’Reilly,” refer to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

In Management’s Discussion and Analysis, we provide a historical and prospective narrative of our general financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and certain other factors that may affect our future results, including

• an overview of the key drivers of the automotive aftermarket industry;

• key events and recent developments within our company;

• our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014;

• our liquidity and capital resources;

• any contractual obligations, to which we are committed;

• any off-balance sheet arrangements we utilize;

• our critical accounting estimates;

• the inflation and seasonality of our business;

• our quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015; and

• recent accounting pronouncements that may affect our Company.

The review of Management’s Discussion and Analysis should be made in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information, forward-looking statements and other risk factors included elsewhere in this annual report.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We claim the protection of the safe-harbor for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “estimate,” “may,” “could,” “will,” “believe,” “expect,” “would,” “consider,” “should,” “anticipate,” “project,” “plan,” “intend” or similar words. In addition, statements contained within this annual report that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements, such as statements discussing, among other things, expected growth, store development, integration and expansion strategy, business strategies, future revenues and future performance. These forward-looking statements are based on estimates, projections, beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future events and results. Such statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, the economy in general, inflation, product demand, the market for auto parts, competition, weather, risks associated with the performance of acquired businesses, our ability to hire and retain qualified employees, consumer debt levels, our increased debt levels, credit ratings on public debt, governmental regulations, terrorist activities, war and the threat of war. Actual results may materially differ from anticipated results described or implied in these forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, for additional factors that could materially affect our financial performance. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.

OVERVIEW

We are a specialty retailer of automotive aftermarket parts, tools, supplies, equipment and accessories in the United States. We are one of the largest U.S. automotive aftermarket specialty retailers, selling our products to both do-it-yourself (“DIY”) customers and professional service providers – our “dual market strategy.” Our stores carry an extensive product line consisting of new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories, a complete line of auto body paint and related materials, automotive tools and professional service provider service equipment. Our extensive product line includes an assortment of products that are differentiated by quality and price for most of the product lines we offer. For many of our product offerings, this quality differentiation reflects “good,” “better,” and “best” alternatives. Our sales and total gross margin dollars are highest for the “best” quality category of products. Consumers’ willingness to select products at a higher point on the value spectrum is a driver of sales and profitability in our industry. Our stores also offer enhanced services and programs to our customers, including used oil, oil filter and battery recycling; battery, wiper and bulb replacement; battery diagnostic testing; electrical and module testing; check engine light code extraction; loaner tool program; drum and rotor resurfacing; custom hydraulic hoses; professional paint shop mixing and related materials; and machine shops. As of December 31, 2016, we operated 4,829 stores in 47 states.

Operating within the retail industry, we are influenced by a number of general macroeconomic factors including, but not limited to, fuel costs, unemployment rates, consumer preferences and spending habits, and competition. We have ongoing initiatives aimed at tailoring our product offering to adjust to customers’ changing preferences, and we also have initiatives focused on marketing and training to educate customers on the advantages of ongoing vehicle maintenance, as well as “purchasing up” on the value spectrum.

25

We believe the key drivers of current and future demand of the products sold within the automotive aftermarket include the number of U.S. miles driven, number of U.S. registered vehicles, new light vehicle registrations, average vehicle age and unemployment.

• Number of Miles Driven – The number of total miles driven in the U.S. influences the demand for repair and maintenance products sold within the automotive aftermarket. In total, vehicles in the U.S. are driven approximately 3 trillion miles per year, resulting in ongoing wear and tear and a corresponding continued demand for the repair and maintenance products necessary to keep these vehicles in operation. According to the Department of Transportation, the number of total miles driven in the U.S. increased 2.8%, 3.5% and 1.7% in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and we expect to continue to see modest improvements in total miles driven in the U.S., supported by an increasing number of registered vehicles on the road, resulting in continued demand for automotive aftermarket products.

• Number of U.S. Registered Vehicles, New Light Vehicle Registrations and Average Vehicle Age – The total number of vehicles on the road and the average age of the vehicle population heavily influence the demand for products sold within the automotive aftermarket industry. As reported by The Auto Care Association, the total number of registered vehicles increased 6% from 2005 to 2015, bringing the number of light vehicles on the road to 258 million by the end of 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the seasonally adjusted annual rate of light vehicles sales in the U.S. (“SAAR”) was approximately 18.3 million, contributing to the continued growth in the total number of registered vehicles on the road. In the past decade, vehicle scrappage rates have remained relatively stable, ranging from 4.4% to 5.7% annually. As a result, over the past decade, the average age of the U.S. vehicle population has increased, growing 22%, from 9.4 years in 2005 to 11.5 years in 2015. We believe this increase in average age can be attributed to better engineered and manufactured vehicles, which can be reliably driven at higher mileages due to better quality power trains and interiors and exteriors, and the consumer’s willingness to invest in maintaining these higher-mileage, better built vehicles. As the average age of the vehicle on the road increases, a larger percentage of miles are being driven by vehicles that are outside of a manufacturer warranty. These out-of-warranty, older vehicles generate strong demand for automotive aftermarket products as they go through more routine maintenance cycles, have more frequent mechanical failures and generally require more maintenance than newer vehicles. We believe consumers will continue to invest in these reliable, higher-quality, higher-mileage vehicles and these investments, along with an increasing total light vehicle fleet, will support continued demand for automotive aftermarket products.

• Unemployment – Unemployment, underemployment, the threat of future joblessness and the uncertainty surrounding the overall economic health of the U.S. have a negative impact on consumer confidence and the level of consumer discretionary spending. Long-term trends of high unemployment have historically impeded the growth of annual miles driven, as well as decrease consumer discretionary spending, both of which negatively impact demand for products sold in the automotive aftermarket industry. As of December 31, 2015, the U.S. unemployment rate was 5.0%, and as of December 31, 2016, the U.S. unemployment rate decreased to 4.7%. We believe, total employment should remain at healthy levels with marginal improvements, and we would expect to see an increase in commuter traffic with a growing work force, further aiding the positive trend of growth of total miles driven in the U.S. and demand for automotive aftermarket products.

We remain confident in our ability to gain market share in our existing markets and grow our business in new markets by focusing on our dual market strategy and the core O’Reilly values of hard work and excellent customer service.

KEY EVENTS AND RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Several key events have had or may have a significant impact on our operations and are identified below:

• Under the Company’s share repurchase program, as approved by our Board of Directors in January of 2011, we may, from time to time, repurchase shares of our common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. Our Board of Directors may increase or otherwise modify, renew, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, without prior notice. As announced on February 10, 2016, May 27, 2016, and November 16, 2016, our Board of Directors each time approved a resolution to increase the authorization amount under our share repurchase program by an additional $750 million, resulting in a cumulative authorization amount of $7.75 billion. Each additional authorization is effective for a three-year period, beginning on its respective announcement date. As of February 28, 2017, we had repurchased approximately 58.4 million shares of our common stock at an aggregate cost of $7.25 billion under this program. 

• On March 8, 2016, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 (“3.550% Senior Notes due 2026”) at a price to the public of 99.832% of their face value with United Missouri Bank, N.A. as trustee. Interest on the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which began with the first interest payment on September 15, 2016, and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

• At the close of business on December 1, 2016, we completed an asset purchase of Bond Auto Parts (“Bond”), a large, privately held automotive parts supplier operating 48 stores throughout Vermont, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and New York.

26

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table includes income statement data as a percentage of sales for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	47.5		47.7		48.6
Gross profit	52.5		52.3		51.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses	32.7		33.2		33.8
Operating income (1)	19.8		19.0		17.6
Interest expense	(0.8	)	(0.7	)	(0.7	)
Interest income	0.1		—		—
Income before income taxes	19.1		18.3		16.9
Provision for income taxes	7.0		6.6		6.1
Net income	12.1	%	11.7	%	10.8	%

⁽¹⁾  Each percentage of sales amount is computed independently and may not compute to presented totals.

2016 Compared to 2015

Sales:

Sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased $626 million to $8.59 billion from $7.97 billion for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 8%. Comparable store sales for stores open at least one year increased 4.8% and 7.5% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Comparable store sales are calculated based on the change in sales of stores open at least one year and exclude sales of specialty machinery, sales to independent parts stores, sales to Team Members and sales from Leap Day during the year ended December 31, 2016.

The following table presents the components of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 (in millions):

	Increase in Sales for the Year Ended December 31, 2016, Compared to the Same Period in 2015
Store sales:
Comparable store sales	$	375
Non-comparable store sales:
Sales for stores opened throughout 2015, excluding stores open at least one year that are included in comparable store sales	115
Sales for stores opened throughout 2016 and sales from acquired Bond stores	106
Sales from Leap Day	24
Sales in 2015 for stores that have closed	(4		)
Non-store sales:
Includes sales of machinery and sales to independent parts stores and Team Members	10
Total increase in sales	$	626

We believe the increased sales achieved by our stores were the result of store growth, sales from one additional day due to Leap Day for the year ended December 31, 2016, sales from the acquired 48 Bond stores, the high levels of customer service provided by our well-trained and technically proficient Team Members, superior inventory availability, including same day and over-night access to inventory in our regional distribution centers, enhanced services and programs offered in our stores, a broader selection of product offerings in most stores with a dynamic catalog system to identify and source parts, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional events, continued improvement in the merchandising and store layouts of our stores, compensation programs for all store Team Members that provide incentives for performance and our continued focus on serving both DIY and professional service provider customers.

27

Our comparable store sales increase for the year ended December 31, 2016, was driven by increases in average ticket values and customer transaction counts from both our DIY and professional service provider customers. The improvement in average ticket values was the result of the increasing complexity and cost of replacement parts necessary to maintain the current population of better engineered and more technically advanced vehicles. These better engineered, more technically advanced vehicles require less frequent repairs, as the component parts are more durable and last for longer periods of time. This decrease in repair frequency creates pressure on customer transaction counts; however, when repairs are needed, the cost of replacement parts is, on average, greater, which is a benefit to average ticket values. Customer transaction counts for both DIY and professional service provider customers increased for the year ended December 31, 2016, despite the added pressure from the better engineered, more technically advance vehicles requiring less frequent repairs. The increase in customer transaction counts was supported by an increase in miles driven, and the corresponding increase in vehicle maintenance, lower year-over-year gas prices and decreasing unemployment levels, creating an overall positive macroeconomic environment. The increase in our DIY customer transaction counts benefited from our continued focus on ensuring our stores are staffed with knowledgeable parts professionals to assist our DIY customers during high DIY traffic periods, such as nights and weekends. The increase in our professional service provider customer transaction counts benefited from the continued growth of our less mature markets and our better parts and service availability.

We opened 210 net, new stores and acquired 48 Bond stores during the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to opening 205 net, new stores for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, we operated 4,829 stores in 47 states compared to 4,571 stores in 44 states at December 31, 2015. We anticipate new store growth will be 190 net, new store openings in 2017, slightly below the 2016 net, new store openings, due to the resources necessary to convert the acquired 48 Bond stores to our systems, inventory selection and décor packages during 2017.

Gross profit:

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $4.51 billion (or 52.5% of sales) from $4.16 billion (or 52.3% of sales) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 8%. The increase in gross profit dollars for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily a result of the increase in comparable store sales at existing stores, sales from new stores and one additional day due to Leap Day. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily due to product acquisition cost improvements, partially offset by a larger non-cash last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) impact. Product acquisition cost improvements are the result of our ongoing negotiations with our suppliers to improve our inventory purchase costs based on our increasing scale. The non-cash LIFO impact is the result of these continued product acquisition cost reductions, and due to these reductions, we fully depleted our LIFO reserve in 2013. Our policy is to not write up inventory in excess of replacement cost, and accordingly, we are effectively valuing our inventory at replacement cost. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, our LIFO costs were written down by approximately $49 million and $28 million, respectively, to reflect replacement cost.

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $2.81 billion (or 32.7% of sales) from $2.65 billion (or 33.2% of sales) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 6%. The increase in total SG&A dollars for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily the result of additional Team Members, facilities and vehicles to support our increased sales and store count and one additional day due to Leap Day. The decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily the result of increased leverage of store occupancy costs on comparable store sales growth and a $19 million litigation loss charge in the prior year, resulting from an adverse verdict in a contract dispute with a former service provider.

Operating income:

As a result of the impacts discussed above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $1.70 billion (or 19.8% of sales) from $1.51 billion (or 19.0% of sales) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 12%.

Other income and expense:

Total other expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $62 million (or 0.7% of sales), from $54 million (or 0.7% of sales) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 16%. The increase in total other expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily the result of increased interest expense on higher average outstanding borrowings and increased amortization of debt issuance costs, partially offset by an increase in the value of our trading securities. For additional information concerning our trading securities, see Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this annual report on Form 10-K.

Income taxes:

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $600 million (36.6% effective tax rate) from $529 million (36.2% effective tax rate) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 13%. The increase in our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2016, was the result of higher taxable income in 2016, primarily driven by our strong operating results, and higher effective tax rates. The increase in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily

28

due to a larger amount of favorable resolutions of historical tax matters in 2015, compared to 2016, and a smaller benefit in 2016 from the realization of employment tax credits.

Net income:

As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased to $1.04 billion (or 12.1% of sales), from $931 million (or 11.7% of sales) for the same period one year ago, representing an increase of 11%.

Earnings per share:

Our diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2016, increased 17% to $10.73 on 97 million shares from $9.17 on 102 million shares for the same period one year ago.

2015 Compared to 2014

Sales:

Sales for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased $751 million to $7.97 billion from $7.22 billion for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 10%. Comparable store sales for stores open at least one year increased 7.5% and 6.0% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Comparable store sales were calculated based on the change in sales of stores open at least one year and exclude sales of specialty machinery, sales to independent parts stores and sales to Team Members.

The following table presents the components of the increase in sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 (in millions):

	Increase in Sales for the Year Ended December 31, 2015, Compared to the Same Period in 2014
Store sales:
Comparable store sales	$	531
Non-comparable store sales:
Sales for stores opened throughout 2014, excluding stores open at least one year that are included in comparable store sales	117
Sales for stores opened throughout 2015	102
Sales in 2014 for stores that have closed	(6		)
Non-store sales:
Includes sales of machinery and sales to independent parts stores and Team Members	7
Total increase in sales	$	751

We believe the increased sales achieved by our stores were the result of store growth, and the high levels of customer service provided by our well-trained and technically proficient Team Members, superior inventory availability, including same day and over-night access to inventory in our regional distribution centers, enhanced services and programs offered in our stores, a broader selection of product offerings in most stores with a dynamic catalog system to identify and source parts, a targeted promotional and advertising effort through a variety of media and localized promotional events, continued improvement in the merchandising and store layouts of our stores, compensation programs for all store Team Members that provide incentives for performance and our focus on serving both DIY and professional service provider customers.

Our comparable store sales increase for the year ended December 31, 2015, was driven by increases in average ticket values and customer transaction counts for both our DIY and professional service provider customers. The improvement in average ticket values was the result of the increasing complexity and cost of replacement parts necessary to maintain the current population of better engineered and more technically advanced vehicles, and this improvement was without the benefit of an increase in the selling price of like kind items. These better engineered vehicles require less frequent repairs, as the component parts are more durable and last for longer periods of time, which does create pressure on customer transaction counts; however, when repairs are required, the cost of replacement parts is, on average, greater. Despite pressure from these better engineered vehicles requiring less frequent repairs, customer transaction counts increased for both our DIY and professional service provider customers for the year ended December 31, 2015. These increases in transaction counts were driven by an increase in miles driven and a corresponding increase in vehicle maintenance, which was led by lower gas prices and decreasing unemployment levels. These factors created a positive macroeconomic environment, which was beneficial to both DIY and professional service provider customer transaction counts. In addition, the increase in our DIY transaction counts benefited from our continued focus on staffing our stores with knowledgeable parts professionals to assist our DIY customers during high DIY traffic periods, including nights and weekends, and the increase in our professional service provider customer transaction counts benefited from the continued growth of our less mature stores.

29

We opened 205 net, new stores during the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to 200 net, new stores for the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2015, we operated 4,571 stores in 44 states compared to 4,366 stores in 43 states at December 31, 2014.

Gross profit:

Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $4.16 billion (or 52.3% of sales) from $3.71 billion (or 51.4% of sales) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 12%. The increase in gross profit dollars for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily a result of the increase in comparable store sales at existing stores and sales from new stores. The increase in gross profit as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to product acquisition cost improvements, a smaller non-cash negative LIFO impact and distribution system efficiencies. Acquisition cost improvements are the result of our ongoing negotiations with our suppliers to improve our inventory purchase costs based on our increasing scale. The non-cash negative LIFO impact is the result of our continued product acquisition cost reductions, and due to these acquisition cost reductions, we fully depleted our LIFO reserve in 2013. Our policy is to not write up inventory in excess of replacement cost, and accordingly, we were effectively valuing our inventory at replacement cost. During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, our LIFO costs were written down by approximately $28 million and $41 million, respectively, to reflect replacement cost. Distribution system efficiencies are the result of leverage on our increased sales volumes and lower fuel costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

SG&A for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $2.65 billion (or 33.2% of sales) from $2.44 billion (or 33.8% of sales) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 9%. The increase in total SG&A dollars for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily the result of additional Team Members, facilities and vehicles to support our increased sales and store count and a $19 million litigation loss charge from an adverse verdict in a contract dispute with a former service provider. The decrease in SG&A as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily the result of increased leverage of store occupancy costs on strong comparable store sales results.

Operating income:

As a result of the impacts discussed above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $1.51 billion (or 19.0% of sales) from $1.27 billion (or 17.6% of sales) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 19%.

Other income and expense:

Total other expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $54 million (or 0.7% of sales), from $48 million (or 0.7% of sales) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 11%. The increase in total other expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily the result of a decrease in the amount of capitalized interest in 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014.

Income taxes:

Our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $529 million (36.2% effective tax rate) from $444 million (36.3% effective tax rate) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 19%. The increase in our provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2015, was the result of higher taxable income in 2015, driven by our strong operating results. The decrease in our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily due to the non-typical favorable tax reserve adjustment, which was related to historical tax positions due to a previous acquisition, partially offset by a decreased benefit in 2015 from the realization of employment tax credits.

Net income:

As a result of the impacts discussed above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased to $931 million (or 11.7% of sales), from $778 million (or 10.8% of sales) for the same period one year prior, representing an increase of 20%.

Earnings per share:

Our diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2015, increased 25% to $9.17 on 102 million shares from $7.34 on 106 million shares for the same period one year prior.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our long-term business strategy requires capital to open new stores, fund strategic acquisitions, expand distribution infrastructure, operate and maintain existing stores and may include the opportunistic repurchase of shares of our common stock through our Board-approved share repurchase program. The primary sources of our liquidity are funds generated from operations and borrowed under our unsecured revolving credit facility. Decreased demand for our products or changes in customer buying patterns could negatively impact our ability to generate funds from operations. Additionally, decreased demand or changes in customer buying patterns could impact our ability to meet the debt covenants of our credit agreement and, therefore, negatively impact the funds available under our unsecured revolving credit facility. We believe that cash expected to be provided by operating activities and availability under our unsecured revolving credit

30

facility will be sufficient to fund both our short-term and long-term capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that we will continue to generate cash flows at or above recent levels.

Liquidity and related ratios:

The following table highlights our liquidity and related ratios as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in millions):

	December 31,						Percentage Change
Liquidity and Related Ratios	2016			2015
Current assets	$	3,258		$	3,010		8.2	%
Current liabilities	3,401			3,046			11.7	%
Working capital (1)	(143		)	(36		)	(297.2	)%
Total debt	1,887			1,390			35.8	%
Total equity	$	1,627		$	1,961		(17.0	)%
Debt to equity (2)	1.16:1			0.71:1			63.4	%

⁽¹⁾  Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities.

⁽²⁾  Debt to equity is calculated as total debt divided by total equity.

Current assets increased 8%, current liabilities increased 12%, total debt increased 36% and total equity decreased 17% from 2015 to 2016. The increase in current assets was primarily due to the increase in inventory, resulting from the opening of 210 net, new stores and acquiring 48 Bond stores in 2016. The increase in current liabilities was primarily due to the increase in accounts payable, resulting from inventory growth related to new store openings supported in part by our suppliers and additional supplier participation in our supplier financing program during the year. Our accounts payable to inventory ratio was 105.7% as of December 31, 2016, as compared to 99.1% in the prior year. The increase in total debt was attributable to the issuance of $500 million of 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026. The decrease in total equity resulted from the impact of share repurchase activity, under our share repurchase program, on additional paid-in-capital and retained earnings, partially offset by an increase in retained earnings from strong net income for the year.

The following table identifies cash provided by/(used in) our operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
Liquidity	2016			2015			2014
Total cash provided by/(used in):
Operating activities	$	1,454,167		$	1,281,476		$	1,190,430
Investing activities	(529,096		)	(407,188		)	(423,402		)
Financing activities	(894,774		)	(1,008,547		)	(747,786		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	30,297		$	(134,259	)	$	19,242
Capital expenditures	$	476,344		$	414,020		$	429,987
Free cash flow (1)	977,823			867,456			760,443

⁽¹⁾  Calculated as net cash provided by operating activities, less capital expenditures for the period.

Operating activities:

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to an increase in net income and a greater decrease in net inventory investment, partially offset by a decrease in income taxes payable. Net inventory investment reflects our investment in inventory, net of the amount of accounts payable to suppliers. Our accounts payable to inventory ratio was 105.7%, 99.1% and 94.6% as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The larger increase in our accounts payable to inventory ratio in 2016 was primarily attributable to incrementally better terms from our suppliers and additional suppliers participating in our supplier financing programs. The decrease from income taxes payable in 2016, compared to the increase in income taxes payable in 2015, was primarily the result of a prepaid income taxes position at the end of 2016, versus an income taxes payable position at the end of 2015.

The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to an increase in net income and a greater increase in income taxes payable, partially offset by a smaller decrease in net inventory investment and a decrease in accrued payroll-related liabilities. The larger increase in income taxes payable was primarily the result of higher accrued income taxes payable at the end of 2015, as compared to the end of 2014. Our net inventory investment continues to decrease as a result of the impact of our enhanced supplier financing programs. The smaller decrease in net inventory investment in 2015 was the result of fewer new suppliers entering our supplier financing programs in 2015, as compared to 2014. Our accounts payable to inventory ratio was 99.1% and 94.6%

31

as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in accrued payroll-related liabilities during 2015, as compared to the increase in 2014, was due to the timing of pay period end dates versus check dates.

Investing activities:

The increase in net cash used in investing activities in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily the result of an increase in capital expenditures and other investing activities in 2016. Total capital expenditures were $476 million and $414 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively, and the increase was primarily related to the timing of property acquisitions, closings and construction costs for new stores and our distribution expansion projects during 2016, as compared to 2015. The increase in other investing activities was primarily due to small acquisitions during 2016.

The increase in net cash used in investing activities in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily the result of a decrease in capital expenditures. Total capital expenditures were $414 million and $430 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively, and the decrease was primarily related to the construction of additional distribution facilities in 2014 to support our ongoing store growth, partially offset by an increase in the number of new store openings in 2015.

We opened 210, 205, and 200 net, new stores in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and acquired 48 Bond stores in 2016. We plan to open 190 net, new stores in 2017. The current costs associated with the opening of a new store, including the cost of land acquisition, building improvements, fixtures, vehicles, net inventory investment and computer equipment, are estimated to average approximately $1.5 million to $1.8 million; however, such costs may be significantly reduced where we lease, rather than purchase, the store site.

Financing activities:

The decrease in net cash used in financing activities during 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily attributable to net proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt during 2016, partially offset by a greater impact from the repurchases of our common stock under our share repurchase program during 2016.

The increase in net cash used in financing activities during 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily attributable to a greater impact from the repurchases of our common stock under our share repurchase program during 2015.

Unsecured revolving credit facility:

On January 14, 2011, we entered into a credit agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of July 2, 2013, and as further amended by Amendment No. 3 dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $600 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A., which is scheduled to mature in July 2018. The Credit Agreement includes a $200 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings. As described in the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, we may, from time to time subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $200 million.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had outstanding letters of credit, primarily to support obligations related to workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies, in the amounts of $39 million and $38 million, respectively, reducing the aggregate availability under the Revolving Credit Facility by those amounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Senior Notes:

On March 8, 2016, we issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 (“3.550% Senior Notes due 2026”) at a price to the public of 99.832% of their face value with United Missouri Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) as trustee. Interest on the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which began with the first interest payment on September 15, 2016, and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

We have issued a cumulative $1.90 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes, which are due between January 2021 and March 2026 with UMB as trustee. Interest on the senior notes, ranging from 3.550% to 4.875%, is payable semi-annually and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of our subsidiaries (“Subsidiary Guarantors”) that incurs or guarantees obligations under our Credit Agreement or under other credit facility or capital markets debt of ours or any of our Subsidiary Guarantors. The guarantees are joint and several and full and unconditional, subject to certain customary automatic release provisions, including release of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee under our Credit Agreement and certain other debt, or, in certain circumstances, the sale or other disposition of a majority of the voting power of the capital interest in, or of all or substantially all the property of, the Subsidiary Guarantor.  Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by us, and we have no independent assets or operations other than those of our subsidiaries. Our only direct or indirect subsidiaries that would not be Subsidiary Guarantors would be minor

32

subsidiaries. Neither we, nor any of our Subsidiary Guarantors, are subject to any material or significant restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries, except as provided by applicable law.

Debt covenants:

The indentures governing our senior notes contain covenants that limit our ability and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to, among other things: (i) create certain liens on assets to secure certain debt; (ii) enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions; and (iii) merge or consolidate with another company or transfer all or substantially all of our or its property, in each case as set forth in the indentures. These covenants are, however, subject to a number of important limitations and exceptions. As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with the covenants applicable to our senior notes.

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.50 times and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 times. The consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio includes a calculation of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense (“EBITDAR”). Fixed charges include interest expense, capitalized interest and rent expense. The consolidated leverage ratio includes a calculation of adjusted debt to EBITDAR. Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding stand-by letters of credit and similar instruments, six-times rent expense and excludes any premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt. In the event that we should default on any covenant contained within the Credit Agreement, certain actions may be taken, including, but not limited to, possible termination of commitments, immediate payment of outstanding principal amounts plus accrued interest and other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and litigation from our lenders. We had a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 6.15 times and 5.99 times as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and a consolidated leverage ratio of 1.63 times and 1.52 times as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, remaining in compliance with all covenants related to the borrowing arrangements. Under our current financing plan, we have targeted an adjusted debt to EBITDAR ratio range of 2.00 times to 2.25 times.

The table below outlines the calculations of the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio covenants, as defined in the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015
GAAP net income	$	1,037,691	$	931,216
Add: Interest expense	70,931		57,129
Rent expense	283,253		273,259
Provision for income taxes	599,500		529,150
Depreciation expense	217,009		203,388
Amortization expense	857		6,868
Non-cash share-based compensation	18,859		21,899
Non-GAAP EBITDAR	$	2,228,100	$	2,022,909
Interest expense	$	70,931	$	57,129
Capitalized interest	7,933		7,423
Rent expense	283,253		273,259
Total fixed charges	$	362,117	$	337,811
Consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio	6.15		5.99
GAAP debt	$	1,887,019	$	1,390,018
Add: Stand-by letters of credit	38,680		37,536
Discount on senior notes	3,149		2,877
Debt issuance costs	9,832		7,105
Six-times rent expense	1,699,518		1,639,554
Non-GAAP adjusted debt	$	3,638,198	$	3,077,090
Consolidated leverage ratio	1.63		1.52

33

Free cash flow, the consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio discussed and presented in the tables above are not derived in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We do not, nor do we suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP financial measures in isolation from, or as a substitute for, GAAP financial information. We believe that the presentation of our free cash flow, consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio and consolidated leverage ratio provides meaningful supplemental information to both management and investors and reflects the required covenants under our Credit Agreement. We include these items in judging our performance and believe this non-GAAP information is useful to investors as well. Material limitations of these non-GAAP measures are that such measures do not reflect actual GAAP amounts. We compensate for such limitations by presenting, in the tables above, a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures.

Share repurchase program:

In January of 2011, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, we may, from time to time, repurchase shares of our common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. Our Board of Directors may increase or otherwise modify, renew, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, without prior notice. As announced on February 10, 2016, May 27, 2016, and November 16, 2016, our Board of Directors each time approved a resolution to increase the authorization amount under our share repurchase program by an additional $750 million, resulting in a cumulative authorization amount of $7.75 billion. Each additional authorization is effective for a three-year period, beginning on its respective announcement date.

The following table identifies shares of our common stock that have been repurchased as part of our publicly announced share repurchase program (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015
Shares repurchased	5,698		4,901
Average price per share	$	264.21	$	231.81
Total investment	$	1,505,371	$	1,136,139

As of December 31, 2016, we had $888 million remaining under our share repurchase program. Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, we repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program, at an average price of $267.32, for a total investment of $388 million. We have repurchased a total of 58 million shares of our common stock under our share repurchase program since the inception of the program in January of 2011 and through February 28, 2017, at an average price of $124.14 for a total aggregate investment of $7.25 billion. As of February 28, 2017, we had approximately $500 million remaining under our share repurchase program.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016, included commitments for short and long-term debt arrangements, interest payments related to long-term debt, future payments under non-cancelable lease arrangements, self-insurance reserves, purchase obligations for construction contract commitments and other long-term liabilities, which are identified in the table below and are fully disclosed in Note 6 “Leasing,” Note 9 “Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans” and Note 10 “Commitments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We expect to fund these commitments primarily with operating cash flows expected to be generated in the normal course of business or through borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.

Deferred income taxes, as well as commitments with various suppliers for the purchase of inventory, are not reflected in the table below due to the absence of scheduled maturities, the nature of the account or the commitment’s cancellation terms. Due to the absence of scheduled maturities, the timing of certain of these payments cannot be determined, except for amounts estimated to be payable in 2017, which are included in “Current liabilities” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We record a reserve for potential liabilities related to uncertain tax positions, including estimated interest and penalties, which are fully disclosed in Note 12 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These estimates are not included in the table below because the timing related to the ultimate resolution or settlement of these positions cannot be determined. As of December 31, 2016, we recorded a net liability of $41 million related to these uncertain tax positions on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which was included as a component of “Other liabilities.”

We record a reserve for the projected obligation related to future payments under the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan, which is fully disclosed in Note 9 “Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. This

34

estimate is not included in the table below because the timing related to the ultimate payment cannot be determined. As of December 31, 2016, we recorded a liability of $20 million related to this uncertain liability on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, all of which was included as a component of “Other liabilities.”

The following table identifies the estimated payments of the Company’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	Payments Due By Period
Contractual Obligations	Total		Before 1 Year		Years 1 and 2		Years 3 and 4		Years 5 and Over
Long-term debt principal and interest payments (1)	$	2,390,661	$	78,950	$	157,900	$	945,713	$	1,208,098
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases (2)	2,256,668		276,178		514,290		428,098		1,038,102
Self-insurance reserves (3)	138,687		67,921		44,498		16,881		9,387
Construction commitments	79,618		79,618		—		—		—
Total contractual cash obligations	$	4,865,634	$	502,667	$	716,688	$	1,390,692	$	2,255,587

⁽¹⁾  Our Revolving Credit Facility, which has a maximum aggregate commitment of $600 million and matures in July 2018, bears interest (other than swing line loans), at our option, at either the Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the agreement) plus a margin, that will vary from 0.875% to 1.250% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Eurodollar Rate and 0.000% to 0.250% in the case of loans bearing interest at the Base Rate, in each case based upon the better of the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, subject to limited exceptions. Swing line loans made under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin described above. In addition, we pay a facility fee on the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments, varying from 0.125% to 0.250% per annum based upon the better of the ratings assigned to our debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, subject to limited exceptions. Based on our current credit ratings, our margin for Base Rate loans was 0.000%, our margin for Eurodollar Rate loans was 0.875% and our facility fee was 0.125%. As of December 31, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.

⁽²⁾  The minimum lease payments above do not include certain tax, insurance and maintenance costs, which are also required contractual obligations under our operating leases but are generally not fixed and can fluctuate from year to year. These expenses historically average approximately 20% of the corresponding lease payments. See Note 6 “Leasing” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our operating leases.

⁽³⁾  We use various self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities from workers’ compensation, vehicle and general liability, and employee health care benefits. The self-insurance reserves above are at the undiscounted obligation amount. The self-insurance reserves liabilities are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at our estimate of their net present value and do not have scheduled maturities; however, we can estimate the timing of future payments based upon historical patterns. See Note 10 “Commitments” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our self-insurance reserves.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Off-balance sheet arrangements are transactions, agreements, or other contractual arrangements with an unconsolidated entity, for which we have an obligation to the entity that is not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. We historically utilized various off-balance sheet financial instruments, including sale-leaseback and synthetic lease transactions, but we have not entered into any such transactions for over five years and do not plan to utilize off-balance sheet arrangements in the future to fund our working capital requirements, operations or growth plans.

We issue stand-by letters of credit provided by a $200 million sub limit under the Revolving Credit Facility that reduce our available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. Those letters of credit are issued primarily to satisfy the requirements of workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies. Substantially all of the outstanding letters of credit have a one-year term from the date of issuance. Letters of credit totaling $39 million and $38 million were outstanding at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Other than in connection with executing operating leases, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing that has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material, current or future effect on our financial condition, cash flows, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. See “Contractual Obligations” section of Item 7 of this annual report on Form 10-K and Note 6 “Leasing” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our operating leases.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of certain estimates and judgments by management. Management bases its assumptions, estimates, and adjustments on historical experience, current trends and other factors believed to be relevant at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared. Management believes that the following policies are critical due to the inherent uncertainty of these matters and the complex and subjective judgments required in establishing these

35

estimates. Management continues to review these critical accounting policies and estimates to ensure that the consolidated financial statements are presented fairly in accordance with GAAP. However, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates and such differences could be material.

Inventory Obsolescence and Shrink:

Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market. The extended nature of the life cycle of our products is such that the risk of obsolescence of our inventory is minimal. The products that we sell generally have applications in our markets for a relatively long period of time in conjunction with the corresponding vehicle population. We have developed sophisticated systems for monitoring the life cycle of a given product and, accordingly, have historically been very successful in adjusting the volume of our inventory in conjunction with a decrease in demand. We do record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our inventory through a charge to cost of sales in the isolated instances where we believe that the market value of a product line is lower than our recorded cost. This reserve is based on our assumptions about the marketability of our existing inventory and is subject to uncertainty to the extent that we must estimate, at a given point in time, the market value of inventory that will be sold in future periods. Ultimately, our projections could differ from actual results and could result in a material impact to our stated inventory balances. We have historically not had to materially adjust our obsolescence reserves due to the factors discussed above and do not anticipate that we will experience material changes in our estimates in the future.

We also record a reserve to reduce the carrying value of our perpetual inventory to account for quantities in our perpetual records above the actual existing quantities on hand caused by unrecorded shrink. We estimate this reserve based on the results of our extensive and frequent cycle counting programs and periodic, full physical inventories. To the extent that our estimates do not accurately reflect the actual unrecorded inventory shrinkage, we could potentially experience a material impact to our inventory balances. We have historically been able to provide a timely and accurate measurement of shrink and have not experienced material adjustments to our estimates. If the shrink reserve changed 10% from the estimate that we recorded based on our historical experience at December 31, 2016, the financial impact would have been approximately $1 million or 0.1% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill:

We evaluate the carrying value of long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values. As part of the evaluation, we review performance at the store level to identify any stores with current period operating losses that should be considered for impairment. A potential impairment has occurred if the projected future undiscounted cash flows realized from the best possible use of the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. The estimate of cash flows includes management’s assumptions of cash inflows and outflows directly resulting from the use of that asset in operations. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. Our impairment analyses contain estimates due to the inherently judgmental nature of forecasting long-term estimated cash flows and determining the ultimate useful lives and fair values of the assets. Actual results could differ from these estimates, which could materially impact our impairment assessment.

We review goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values. We have never recorded an impairment to goodwill. The process of evaluating goodwill for impairment involves the determination of the fair value of our Company using the market approach. Inherent in such fair value determinations are certain judgments and estimates, including estimates that incorporate assumptions marketplace participants would use in making their estimates of fair value. In the future, if events or market conditions affect the estimated fair value to the extent that an asset is impaired, we will adjust the carrying value of these assets in the period in which the impairment occurs; however, we do not believe there has been any change of events or circumstances that would indicate that a reevaluation of goodwill is required as of December 31, 2016, nor do we believe goodwill is at risk of failing impairment testing. If the price of O’Reilly’s stock, which was a primary input used to determine our market capitalization during step one of goodwill impairment testing, changed by 10% from the value used during testing, the results and our conclusions would not have changed and no further steps would have been required.

Supplier Concessions:

We receive concessions from our suppliers through a variety of programs and arrangements, including co-operative advertising, allowances for warranties, merchandise allowances and volume purchase rebates. Co-operative advertising allowances that are incremental to our advertising program, specific to a product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period in which the advertising occurred. All other material supplier concessions are recognized as a reduction to the cost of sales. Amounts receivable from suppliers also include amounts due to us relating to supplier purchases and product returns. Management regularly reviews amounts receivable from suppliers and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectible amounts based on our evaluation of our suppliers’ financial position and corresponding ability to meet their financial obligations. Based on our historical results and current assessment, we have not recorded a reserve for uncollectible amounts in our consolidated financial statements, and we do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that our ability to collect these amounts will differ from our expectations. The eventual ability of our suppliers to pay us the obliged amounts could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material.

36

Warranty Reserves:

We offer warranties on certain merchandise we sell with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties. The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of our suppliers. Certain suppliers provide upfront allowances to us in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims. For this merchandise, when sold, we bear the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims. Differences between supplier allowances received in lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense are recorded as an adjustment to the cost of sales. Estimated warranty costs, which are recorded as obligations at the time of sale, are based on the historical failure rate of each individual product line. Our historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty claims has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost of individual claims. If warranty reserves were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2016, the financial impact would have been approximately $4 million or 0.2% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Self-Insurance Reserves:

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities from workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle liability, property loss, and Team Member health care benefits. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, we obtain third-party insurance coverage to limit our exposure for any individual workers’ compensation, general liability, vehicle liability or property loss claim. When estimating our self-insurance liabilities, we consider a number of factors, including historical claims experience and trend-lines, projected medical and legal inflation, growth patterns and exposure forecasts. The assumptions made by management as they relate to each of these factors represent our judgment as to the most probable cumulative impact of each factor to our future obligations. Our calculation of self-insurance liabilities requires management to apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not yet reported as of the balance sheet date, and the application of alternative assumptions could result in a different estimate of these liabilities. Actual claim activity or development may vary from our assumptions and estimates, which may result in material losses or gains. As we obtain additional information that affects the assumptions and estimates we used to recognize liabilities for claims incurred in prior accounting periods, we adjust our self-insurance liabilities to reflect the revised estimates based on this additional information. These liabilities are recorded at our estimate of their net present value, using a credit-adjusted discount rate. These liabilities do not have scheduled maturities, but we can estimate the timing of future payments based upon historical patterns. We could apply alternative assumptions regarding the timing of payments or the applicable discount rate that could result in materially different estimates of the net present value of the liabilities. If self-insurance reserves were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2016, the financial impact would have been approximately $13 million or 0.8% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Legal Reserves:

We maintain reserves for expenses associated with litigation, for which O’Reilly is currently involved. We are currently involved in litigation incidental to the ordinary conduct of our business. Management, with the assistance of outside legal counsel, must make estimates of potential legal obligations and possible liabilities arising from such litigation and records reserves for these expenditures. If legal reserves were changed 10% from our estimated reserves at December 31, 2016, the financial impact would have been approximately $4 million or 0.2% of pretax income for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Taxes:

We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can involve complex issues, which may require an extended period of time to resolve. We regularly review our potential tax liabilities for tax years subject to audit. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as differing interpretations of tax regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings. Changes in our tax liability may occur in the future as our assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions and/or changes in tax regulations. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years presented. The estimates of our potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate the exposures associated with our various tax positions and actual results could differ from our estimates. Alternatively, we could have applied assumptions regarding the eventual outcome of the resolution of open tax positions that could differ from our current estimates but would still be reasonable given the nature of a particular position. While our estimates are subject to the uncertainty noted in the preceding discussion, our initial estimates of our potential tax liabilities have historically not been materially different from actual results, except in instances where we have reversed liabilities that were recorded for periods that were subsequently closed with the applicable taxing authority.

INFLATION AND SEASONALITY

For the last three fiscal years, we have generally been successful in reducing the effects of merchandise cost increases principally by taking advantage of supplier incentive programs, economies of scale resulting from increased volume of purchases and selective forward buying. To the extent our acquisition cost increased due to base commodity price increases industry-wide, we have typically been able

37

to pass along these increased costs through higher retail prices for the affected products. As a result, we do not believe inflation has had a material adverse effect on our operations.

To some extent, our business is seasonal primarily as a result of the impact of weather conditions on customer buying patterns. While we have historically realized operating profits in each quarter of the year, our store sales and profits have historically been higher in the second and third quarters (April through September) than in the first and fourth quarters (October through March) of the year.

QUARTERLY RESULTS

The following tables set forth certain quarterly unaudited operating data for fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The unaudited quarterly information includes all adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown (in thousands, except per share and comparable store sales data):

	Fiscal 2016
	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter
Comparable store sales	6.1		%	4.3		%	4.2		%	4.8		%
Sales	$	2,096,150		$	2,176,689		$	2,220,955		$	2,099,302
Gross profit	1,097,579			1,127,179			1,170,026			1,114,227
Operating income	418,626			425,061			447,809			407,710
Net income	255,374			257,794			278,493			246,030
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.63		$	2.69		$	2.93		$	2.62
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.59		$	2.65		$	2.90		$	2.59

	Fiscal 2015
	First Quarter			Second Quarter			Third Quarter			Fourth Quarter
Comparable store sales	7.2		%	7.2		%	7.9		%	7.7		%
Sales	$	1,901,903		$	2,035,518		$	2,080,201		$	1,949,052
Gross profit	986,959			1,058,791			1,089,254			1,027,639
Operating income	350,373			385,768			415,260			362,620
Net income	212,864			233,508			266,268			218,576
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.09		$	2.32		$	2.68		$	2.22
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.06		$	2.29		$	2.64		$	2.19

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

The unaudited operating data presented above should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report, and the other financial information included therein.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May of 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). Under ASU 2014-09, an entity is required to follow a five-step process to determine the amount of revenue to recognize when promised goods or services are transferred to customers. ASU 2014-09 offers specific accounting guidance for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. In addition, an entity is required to disclose sufficient information to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August of 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” (“ASU 2015-14”), to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. For public companies, ASU 2015-14 changes ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. These ASUs can be adopted retrospectively or as a cumulative-effective adjustment at the date of adoption, with early adoption allowed, but not before December 15, 2016. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2018. We have established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, we are considering the potential implications of the new standard on our recognition of customer related accounts receivable, warranty costs

38

that are not the responsibility of our suppliers, the application of the Company’s retail O’Rewards loyalty program and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its evaluation of the impact or means of adoption.

In February of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2019. We have established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, we are considering the potential implications of the new standard on determining the discount rate to be used in valuing new and existing leases, the treatment of existing favorable and unfavorable lease agreements acquired in connection with previous acquisitions, procedural and operational changes that may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the guidance and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the guidance, all of which are areas that could potentially be impacted by adoption of the guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its full evaluation; however, we believe the adoption of the new guidance will have a material impact on the total assets and total liabilities reported on our consolidated balance sheets.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call or put options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the debt hosts and requires entities to solely use the four-step decision sequence, which is already in existence, when assessing the embedded call or put options. For public companies, ASU 2016-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and can be adopted on a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). Under ASU 2016-09, several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows, were simplified. For public companies, ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2016-09 includes various adoption methods, depending on the guidance being adopted; amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method, while the amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively, the amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement should be applied prospectively, and amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2017. We are in the process of evaluating the future impact this new guidance will have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, as well as which method of adoption is most appropriate. At this time, we anticipate the adoption of the new guidance will prospectively impact our reported provision for income taxes, net income, weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution and earnings per share - assuming dilution, as well as retrospectively and prospectively impact our reported net cash provided by/used in operating activities and net cash provided by/used in financing activities.

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Under ASU 2016-13, businesses and other organizations are required to present financial assets, measured at amortized costs basis, at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis, such as trade receivables. The measurement of expected credit loss will be based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount. For public companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2020. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

39

In August of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice for eight specific parts on cash flow statement presentation and classification: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) policies; distributions received from equity method investments; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. For public companies, ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 revises the definition of a business in the Accounting Standards Codification and clarifies the guidance for determining whether the purchase or disposal of an asset or group of assets qualifies as the purchase or disposal of a business. For public companies, ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption permitted with certain conditions. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates the second step in the previous process for goodwill impairment testing; instead the test is now a one-step process that calls for goodwill impairment loss to be measured as the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. For public companies, ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption after January 1, 2017. We will adopt this guidance beginning with our first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Unless otherwise indicated, “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms, as well as references to the “Company” or “O’Reilly,” refer to O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

We are subject to interest rate risk to the extent we borrow against our unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with variable interest rates based on either a Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate, as defined in the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility.

We had outstanding fixed rate debt of $1.90 billion and $1.40 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fair value of our fixed rate debt was estimated at $1.98 billion and $1.47 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which was determined by reference to quoted market prices.

We invest certain of our excess cash balances in short-term, highly-liquid instruments with maturities of 90 days or less. We do not expect any material losses from our invested cash balances and we believe that our interest rate exposure is minimal. As of December 31, 2016, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $147 million.

40

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index
	Page
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting	42
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Internal Control over Financial Reporting	43
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Financial Statements	44
Consolidated Balance Sheets	45
Consolidated Statements of Income	46
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity	47
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	48
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	49

41

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) or 15(d)-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Internal control over financial reporting includes all policies and procedures that

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management recognizes that all internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management believes that as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

/s/	Greg L. Henslee	/s/	Thomas McFall
Greg L. Henslee		Thomas McFall
Chief Executive Officer		Executive Vice President of Finance &
February 28, 2017		Chief Financial Officer
		February 28, 2017

42

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries 

We have audited O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries and our report dated February 28, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 28, 2017

43

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).  These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 28, 2017,expressedan unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 28, 2017

44

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	146,598	$	116,301
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts $12,040 in 2016 and $9,637 in 2015	197,274		161,078
Amounts receivable from suppliers	82,105		72,609
Inventory	2,778,976		2,631,015
Other current assets	53,022		29,023
Total current assets	3,257,975		3,010,026
Property and equipment, at cost	4,832,342		4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	1,708,911		1,510,694
Net property and equipment	3,123,431		2,861,556
Notes receivable, less current portion	—		13,219
Goodwill	785,399		757,142
Other assets, net	37,384		34,741
Total assets	$	7,204,189	$	6,676,684
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	2,936,656	$	2,608,231
Self-insurance reserves	67,921		72,741
Accrued payroll	71,717		59,101
Accrued benefits and withholdings	74,454		72,203
Income taxes payable	—		1,444
Other current liabilities	249,901		232,678
Total current liabilities	3,400,649		3,046,398
Long-term debt	1,887,019		1,390,018
Deferred income taxes	90,166		79,772
Other liabilities	199,219		199,182
Shareholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:
Authorized shares - 5,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares - none	—		—
Common stock, $0.01 par value:
Authorized shares – 245,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares –
92,851,815 as of December 31, 2016, and
97,737,171 as of December 31, 2015	929		977
Additional paid-in capital	1,336,707		1,281,497
Retained earnings	289,500		678,840
Total shareholders’ equity	1,627,136		1,961,314
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	7,204,189	$	6,676,684

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.

45

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except per share data)

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Sales	$	8,593,096		$	7,966,674		$	7,216,081
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	4,084,085			3,804,031			3,507,180
Gross profit	4,509,011			4,162,643			3,708,901
Selling, general and administrative expenses	2,809,805			2,648,622			2,438,527
Operating income	1,699,206			1,514,021			1,270,374
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(70,931		)	(57,129		)	(53,290		)
Interest income	4,224			2,340			2,301
Other, net	4,692			1,134			2,797
Total other expense	(62,015		)	(53,655		)	(48,192		)
Income before income taxes	1,637,191			1,460,366			1,222,182
Provision for income taxes	599,500			529,150			444,000
Net income	$	1,037,691		$	931,216		$	778,182
Earnings per share-basic:
Earnings per share	$	10.87		$	9.32		$	7.46
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic	95,447			99,965			104,262
Earnings per share-assuming dilution:
Earnings per share	$	10.73		$	9.17		$	7.34
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution	96,720			101,514			106,041

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.

46

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(In thousands)

	Common Stock					Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings			Total
	Shares		Par Value
Balance at December 31, 2013	105,940		$	1,059		$	1,118,929		$	846,333		$	1,966,321
Net income	—		—			—			778,182			778,182
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	86		1			11,180			—			11,181
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	1,320		13			59,581			—			59,594
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	—		—			49,150			—			49,150
Share based compensation	—		—			20,474			—			20,474
Share repurchases, including fees	(5,743	)	(57		)	(64,385		)	(802,042		)	(866,484		)
Balance at December 31, 2014	101,603		$	1,016		$	1,194,929		$	822,473		$	2,018,418
Net income	—		—			—			931,216			931,216
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	59		—			11,630			—			11,630
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	976		10			52,901			—			52,911
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	—		—			63,078			—			63,078
Share based compensation	—		—			20,274			—			20,274
Share repurchases, including fees	(4,901	)	(49		)	(61,315		)	(1,074,849		)	(1,136,213		)
Balance at December 31, 2015	97,737		$	977		$	1,281,497		$	678,840		$	1,961,314
Net income	—		—			—			1,037,691			1,037,691
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	56		1			12,613			—			12,614
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	757		8			47,386			—			47,394
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	—		—			55,994			—			55,994
Share based compensation	—		—			17,566			—			17,566
Share repurchases, including fees	(5,698	)	(57		)	(78,349		)	(1,427,031		)	(1,505,437		)
Balance at December 31, 2016	92,852		$	929		$	1,336,707		$	289,500		$	1,627,136

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.

47

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Operating activities:
Net income	$	1,037,691		$	931,216		$	778,182
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and intangibles	217,866			210,256			194,205
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs	2,451			2,106			2,086
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	(55,994		)	(63,078		)	(49,150		)
Deferred income taxes	10,394			(22,650		)	1,487
Share-based compensation programs	18,859			21,899			23,095
Other	6,434			6,839			5,592
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(38,548		)	(23,858		)	(19,271		)
Inventory	(119,270		)	(76,226		)	(179,742		)
Accounts payable	322,427			191,064			360,646
Income taxes payable	26,880			81,617			32,158
Accrued payroll	12,616			(19,341		)	12,923
Accrued benefits and withholdings	(808		)	17,970			28,899
Other	13,169			23,662			(680		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,454,167			1,281,476			1,190,430
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(476,344		)	(414,020		)	(429,987		)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	5,119			2,758			2,880
Payments received on notes receivable	1,047			4,074			3,705
Other	(58,918		)	—			—
Net cash used in investing activities	(529,096		)	(407,188		)	(423,402		)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt	499,160			—			—
Payment of debt issuance costs	(4,125		)	—			—
Principal payments on capital leases	—			(25		)	(72		)
Repurchases of common stock	(1,505,437		)	(1,136,213		)	(866,484		)
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	55,994			63,078			49,150
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	59,634			64,613			69,620
Net cash used in financing activities	(894,774		)	(1,008,547		)	(747,786		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	30,297			(134,259		)	19,242
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year	116,301			250,560			231,318
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year	$	146,598		$	116,301		$	250,560
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Income taxes paid	$	569,677		$	485,824		$	416,458
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest	63,648			55,061			51,203

See accompanying Notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1– SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of business:

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively, “O’Reilly” or the “Company,” is a specialty retailer and supplier of automotive aftermarket parts. The Company’s stores carry an extensive product line, including new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items and various automotive accessories. As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned and operated 4,829 stores in 47 states, servicing both do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and the professional service provider customers. The Company’s robust distribution system provides stores with same-day or overnight access to an extensive inventory of hard-to-find items not typically stocked in the stores of other auto parts retailers.

Segment reporting:

The Company is managed and operated by a single management team reporting to the chief operating decision maker. O’Reilly stores have similar characteristics, including the nature of the products and services, the type and class of customers and the methods used to distribute products and provide service to its customers and, as a whole, make up a single operating segment. The Company does not prepare discrete financial information with respect to product lines, types of customers or geographic locations and as such has one reportable segment.

Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of 90 days or less on the date of purchase.

Accounts receivable:

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company considers the following factors when determining if collection is reasonably assured: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on historical experience and an evaluation of the current composition of accounts receivable. Amounts due to the Company from its Team Members are included as a component of accounts receivable. These amounts consist primarily of purchases of merchandise on Team Member accounts. Accounts receivable due from Team Members was approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company grants credit to certain customers who meet the Company’s pre-established credit requirements. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited because the Company’s customer base consists of a large number of small customers, spreading the credit risk across a broad base. The Company also controls this credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and accounts receivable and credit monitoring procedures. Generally, the Company does not require security when credit is granted to customers. Credit losses are provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and have consistently been within management’s expectations.

Amounts receivable from suppliers:

The Company receives concessions from its suppliers through a variety of programs and arrangements, including allowances for new stores and warranties, volume purchase rebates and co-operative advertising. Co-operative advertising allowances that are incremental to the Company’s advertising program, specific to a product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period, in which the advertising occurred. All other supplier concessions are recognized as a reduction to the cost of sales. Amounts receivable from suppliers also includes amounts due to the Company for changeover merchandise and product returns. The Company regularly reviews supplier receivables for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s suppliers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations. Management does not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that the Company will be unable to collect the amounts receivable from suppliers and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectable amounts from suppliers in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 or 2015.

49

Inventory:

Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory also includes capitalized costs related to procurement, warehousing and distribution centers (“DC”s). Cost has been determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, which more accurately matches costs with related revenues. Over time, as the Company’s merchandise inventory purchases have increased, the Company negotiated improved acquisition costs from its suppliers and the corresponding price deflation exhausted the Company’s LIFO reserve balance. The Company’s policy is to not write up the value of its inventory in excess of its replacement cost, and accordingly, the Company’s merchandise inventory has been effectively recorded at replacement cost since December 31, 2013. The replacement cost of inventory was $2.78 billion and $2.63 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. LIFO costs exceeded replacement costs by $132.0 million and $85.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company uses the fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure the fair value of certain of its financial instruments. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The Company uses the income and market approaches to determine the fair value of its assets and liabilities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are set forth below:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

See Note 2 for further information concerning the Company’s financial and non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis.

Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of the assets. The lease term includes renewal options determined by management at lease inception, for which failure to execute renewal options would result in a substantial economic penalty to the Company. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.

Notes receivable:

The Company had notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties in the amount of $17.3 million at December 31, 2015. The Company regularly reviews its notes receivable for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s borrowers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations. Management did not believe there was a reasonable likelihood that the Company would be unable to collect the notes receivable and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectable notes receivable in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties were dissolved, in connection with new supplier contracts, and during the year ended December 31, 2016, no new notes receivable arrangements have been entered into.

Goodwill and other intangibles:

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, include goodwill and other intangible assets recorded as the result of acquisitions. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values, rather than systematically amortizing goodwill against earnings. During 2016 and 2015, the goodwill impairment test included a quantitative assessment, which compared the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company operates as a single reporting unit, and the Company determined that its fair value exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015; as such, no goodwill impairment adjustment was required as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Finite-lived intangibles are carried at cost and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the intangibles.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, the Company compares the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the asset (asset group) with the carrying amounts of the asset. If the undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company measures the amount of impairment loss as the amount, by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The Company has not historically recorded any material impairment charges to its long-

50

lived assets and the Company did not record a material impairment charge to its long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Valuation of investments:

The Company has an unsecured obligation to pay, in the future, the value of deferred compensation and a Company match relating to employee participation in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). See Note 9 for further information concerning the Company’s benefit plans. The future obligation is adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options, chosen by each participant. The Company invests in various marketable securities with the intention of selling these securities to fulfill its future obligations under the Deferred Compensation Plan. The investments in this plan were stated at fair value based on quoted market prices, were accounted for as trading securities and were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. See Note 2 for further information concerning the fair value measurements of the Company’s marketable securities.

Self-insurance reserves:

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for Team Member health care benefits, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and property loss. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure. The Company estimates its self-insurance liabilities by considering a number of factors, including historical claims experience and trend-lines, projected medical and legal inflation, growth patterns and exposure forecasts. Certain of these liabilities were recorded at an estimate of their net present value, using a credit-adjusted discount rate.

The following table identifies the components of the Company’s self-insurance reserves as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted)	$	138,687	$	141,173
Self-insurance reserves (discounted)	129,437		131,990

The current portion of the Company’s discounted self-insurance reserves totaled $67.9 million and $72.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which was included in “Self-insurance reserves” on the accompanying Consolidate Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The remainder was included was included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Warranties:

The Company offers warranties on certain merchandise it sells with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties. The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of the Company’s suppliers. Certain suppliers provide upfront allowances to the Company in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims. For this merchandise, when sold, the Company bears the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims. Differences between supplier allowances received by the Company, in lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense, are recorded as an adjustment to cost of sales. Estimated warranty costs, which are recorded as obligations at the time of sale, are based on the historical failure rate of each individual product line. The Company’s historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty claims to the Company has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost of individual claims. See Note 7 for further information concerning the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities.

Litigation reserves:

O’Reilly is currently involved in litigation incidental to the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business. The Company records reserves for litigation losses in instances where a material adverse outcome is probable and the Company is able to reasonably estimate the probable loss. The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred in pending litigation matters. Although the Company cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period. See Note 14 for further information concerning the Company’s litigation reserves.

Share repurchases:

In January of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions.

51

All shares repurchased under the share repurchase program are retired and recorded under the par value method on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 8 for further information concerning the Company’s share repurchase program.

Revenue recognition:

Over-the-counter retail sales are recorded when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Sales to professional service provider customers, also referred to as “commercial sales,” are recorded upon same-day delivery of the merchandise to the customer, generally at the customer’s place of business. Wholesale sales to other retailers, also referred to as “jobber sales,” are recorded upon shipment of the merchandise from a regional DC with same-day delivery to the jobber customer’s location. Internet retail sales are recorded when the merchandise is shipped or when the merchandise is picked up in a store. All sales are recorded net of estimated returns allowances, discounts and taxes.

The Company maintains a retail loyalty program named O’Reilly O’Rewards, designed to build brand recognition. The program allows a retail customer to enroll at no charge, does not impose a membership fee and provides members with the ability to earn loyalty points by making qualifying purchases at the Company’s stores. Upon reaching established thresholds, the members are automatically issued coupons, which expire 90 days after issuance, have no cash value and may be redeemed for most items in the Company’s stores with a total purchase price equal to or greater than the value of the coupon. Points accrued in a member’s account, which have not been awarded to the member with a coupon, expire 12 months after the date that they were earned. The Company records a deferred revenue liability, based on a breakage adjusted estimated redemption rate, and a corresponding reduction in revenue in periods when loyalty points are earned by members. The Company recognizes revenue and a corresponding reduction to the deferred revenue liability in periods when loyalty program issued coupons are redeemed by members.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had recorded a deferred revenue liability of $4.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively, related to its loyalty program, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $12.7 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of deferred revenue related to its loyalty program.

Cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses:

The following table illustrates the primary costs classified in each major expense category:

Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	Selling, general and administrative expenses
Total cost of merchandise sold, including:	Payroll and benefit costs for store and corporate Team Members
Freight expenses associated with acquiring merchandise and with moving merchandise inventories from the Company’s distribution centers to the stores	Occupancy costs of store and corporate facilities
Defective merchandise and warranty costs	Depreciation and amortization related to store and corporate assets
Supplier allowances and incentives, including:	Vehicle expenses for store delivery services
Allowances that are not reimbursements for specific, incremental and identifiable costs	Self-insurance costs
Cash discounts on payments to suppliers	Closed store expenses
Costs associated with the Company’s supply chain, including:	Other administrative costs, including:
Payroll and benefit costs	Accounting, legal and other professional services
Warehouse occupancy costs	Bad debt, banking and credit card fees
Transportation costs	Supplies
Depreciation	Travel
Inventory shrinkage	Advertising costs

Operating leases:

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease terms of its stores, DCs and corporate offices. Generally, the lease term for stores and corporate offices is the base lease term and the lease term for DCs includes the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods, for which renewal is reasonably assured and failure to exercise the renewal option would result in a significant economic penalty. The Company’s policy is to amortize leasehold improvements associated with the Company’s operating leases over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of those assets. See Note 6 for further information concerning the Company’s operating leases.

52

Advertising expenses:

Advertising expense consists primarily of expenses related to the Company’s integrated marketing program, which includes television, radio, direct mail and newspaper distribution, in-store and online promotions, and sports and event sponsorships. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company also participates in cooperative advertising arrangements with certain of its suppliers. Advertising expense, net of cooperative advertising allowances from suppliers that were incremental to the advertising program, specific to the product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes, total $83.0 million, $79.3 million and $79.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

Share-based compensation and benefit plans:

The Company sponsors employee share-based benefit plans and employee and director share-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period for its share-based plans based on the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant, award or issuance. Share-based plans include stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee incentive plans and director stock plan, stock issued through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and restricted stock awarded to employees and directors through other compensation plans. See Note 9 for further information concerning the Company’s share-based compensation and plans.

Pre-opening expenses:

Costs associated with the opening of new stores, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are charged to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Costs associated with the opening of new distribution centers, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are included as a component of “Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred.

Interest expense:

The Company capitalizes interest costs as a component of construction in progress, based on the weighted-average interest rates incurred on its long-term borrowings. Total interest costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, were $7.9 million, $7.4 million and $11.5 million, respectively, which were included in “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the issuance or amendment of long-term debt instruments, the Company incurs various costs, including debt registration fees, accounting and legal fees and underwriter and book runner fees. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s long-term unsecured senior notes are recorded as a reduction of the principal amount of the corresponding unsecured senior notes. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility are recorded as an asset. These debt issuance costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the corresponding debt instrument and the amortization expense is included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred debt issuance costs totaled $10.6 million and $8.3 million, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, of which $0.7 million and $1.2 million were included as a component of “Other assets, net” as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with the remainder included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company issued its long-term unsecured senior notes at a discount. The original issuance discount on the senior notes is recorded as a reduction of the principal amount due for the corresponding senior notes and is accreted over the term of the applicable senior note, with the accretion expense included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Original issuance discounts, net of accretion, totaled $3.1 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

See Note 5 for further information concerning debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts associated with the Company’s issuances of long-term debt instruments.

Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the GAAP basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rules and rates currently scheduled to be in effect for the year, in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax carry forwards are also recognized in deferred tax assets and liabilities under this method. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date. The Company would record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not the amount will not be realized, based upon evidence available at the time of the determination and any change in the valuation allowance is recorded in the period of a change in such determination.

The Company did not establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, as it was considered more likely than not that deferred tax assets were realizable through a combination of future taxable income, the realization of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies. The Company regularly reviews its potential tax liabilities for tax years subject to audit. The

53

amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as differing interpretations of tax regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings. Changes in the Company’s tax liability may occur in the future as its assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions and/or changes in tax regulations. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years presented. The estimates of the Company’s potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate the exposures associated with the Company’s various tax positions and actual results could differ from estimates. See Note 12 for further information concerning the Company’s income taxes.

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the fiscal period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the common stock equivalents associated with the potential impact of dilutive stock options. Certain common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future were not included in the fully diluted computation because they would have been antidilutive. Generally, stock options are antidilutive and excluded from the earnings per share calculation when the exercise price exceeds the market price of the common shares. See Note 13 for further information concerning the Company’s common stock equivalents.

New accounting pronouncements:

In May of 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). Under ASU 2014-09, an entity is required to follow a five-step process to determine the amount of revenue to recognize when promised goods or services are transferred to customers. ASU 2014-09 offers specific accounting guidance for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. In addition, an entity is required to disclose sufficient information to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August of 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” (“ASU 2015-14”), to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. For public companies, ASU 2015-14 changes ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. These ASUs can be adopted retrospectively or as a cumulative-effective adjustment at the date of adoption, with early adoption allowed, but not before December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on the Company’s recognition of customer related accounts receivable, warranty costs that are not the responsibility of the Company’s suppliers, the application of the Company’s retail O’Rewards loyalty program and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its evaluation of the impact or means of adoption.

In February of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on determining the discount rate to be used in valuing new and existing leases, the treatment of existing favorable and unfavorable lease agreements acquired in connection with previous acquisitions, procedural and operational changes that may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the guidance and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance, all of which are areas that could potentially be impacted by adoption of the guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its full evaluation; however, the Company believes the adoption of the new guidance will have a material impact on the total assets and total liabilities reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call or put options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the debt hosts and requires entities to solely use the four-step decision sequence, which is already in existence, when assessing the embedded call or put options. For public companies, ASU 2016-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and can be adopted on a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

54

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). Under ASU 2016-09, several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows, were simplified. For public companies, ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2016-09 includes various adoption methods, depending on the guidance being adopted; amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method, while the amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively, the amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement should be applied prospectively, and amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the future impact this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, as well as which method of adoption is most appropriate. At this time, the Company anticipates the adoption of the new guidance will prospectively impact its reported provision for income taxes, net income, weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution and earnings per share - assuming dilution, as well as retrospectively and prospectively impact the Company’s reported net cash provided by/used in operating activities and net cash provided by/used in financing activities.

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Under ASU 2016-13, businesses and other organizations are required to present financial assets, measured at amortized costs basis, at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis, such as trade receivables. The measurement of expected credit loss will be based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount. For public companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2020. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice for eight specific parts on cash flow statement presentation and classification: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) policies; distributions received from equity method investments; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. For public companies, ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 revises the definition of a business in the Accounting Standards Codification and clarifies the guidance for determining whether the purchase or disposal of an asset or group of assets qualifies as the purchase or disposal of a business. For public companies, ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption permitted with certain conditions. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates the second step in the previous process for goodwill impairment testing; instead the test is now a one-step process that calls for goodwill impairment loss to be measured as the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. For public companies, ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption after January 1, 2017. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 2 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

The Company’s marketable securities were accounted for as trading securities and the carrying amount of the Company’s marketable securities were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company recorded an increase in fair value related to its marketable securities in the amount of $1.9 million for the

55

year ended December 31, 2016, and a decrease in the amount of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which were included in “Other income (expense)” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

The tables below identify the estimated fair value of the Company’s marketable securities, determined by reference to quoted market prices (Level 1), as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	20,462	$	—	$	—	$	20,462

	December 31, 2015
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	16,895	$	—	$	—	$	16,895

Non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Certain long-lived non-financial assets and liabilities may be required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in certain circumstances, including when there is evidence of impairment. These non-financial assets and liabilities may include assets acquired in a business combination or property and equipment that are determined to be impaired. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not have any non-financial assets or liabilities that had been measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The carrying amounts of the Company’s senior notes are included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s senior notes.

The table below identifies the estimated fair value of the Company’s senior notes, using the market approach. The fair values as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, were determined by reference to quoted market prices of the same or similar instruments (Level 2) (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016				December 31, 2015
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021	$	496,758	$	538,678	$	495,951	$	542,078
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021	298,679		321,633		298,396		319,620
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022	297,868		310,802		297,535		303,595
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023	298,355		307,860		$	298,136	$	302,468
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026	$	495,359	$	498,537

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets include other financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, amounts receivable from suppliers and accounts payable. Due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments, the Company believes that the carrying values of these instruments approximate their fair values.

56

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The following table identifies the types and balances of property and equipment included in “Property and equipment, at cost” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and includes the estimated useful lives for its types of property and equipment (in thousands, except original useful lives):

	Original Useful Lives	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Land		$	648,689	$	590,244
Buildings and building improvements	15 – 39 years	1,805,347		1,603,389
Leasehold improvements	3 – 25 years	593,785		554,198
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 – 20 years	1,215,929		1,108,127
Vehicles	5 – 10 years	359,362		313,401
Construction in progress		209,230		202,891
Total property and equipment		4,832,342		4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,708,911		1,510,694
Net property and equipment		$	3,123,431	$	2,861,556

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment in the amounts of $217.0 million, $203.4 million and $193.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were primarily included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 4 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill:

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in business conditions indicate that impairment may exist. Goodwill is not amortizable for financial statement purposes. The Company did not record any goodwill impairment during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

The carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill was included in “Goodwill” on the accompanying Consolidate Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded an increase in goodwill of $28.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, resulting from small acquisitions.

The following table identifies the changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	2016		2015
Goodwill, balance at January 1,	$	757,142	$	756,384
Change in goodwill	28,257		758
Goodwill, balance at December 31,	$	785,399	$	757,142

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, other than goodwill, the Company did not have any other indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangibles other than goodwill:

The following table identifies the components of the Company’s amortizable intangibles as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Cost of Amortizable Intangibles				Accumulated Amortization (Expense) Benefit						Net Amortizable Intangibles
	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015		December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015			December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Amortizable intangible assets:
Favorable leases	$	27,960	$	32,070	$	(18,104	)	$	(19,991	)	$	9,856	$	12,079
Non-compete agreements	1,887		732		(414		)	(409		)	1,473		323
Total amortizable intangible assets	$	29,847	$	32,802	$	(18,518	)	$	(20,400	)	$	11,329	$	12,402
Unfavorable leases	$	19,950	$	28,580	$	15,840		$	22,415		$	4,110	$	6,165

57

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded non-compete agreement assets in conjunction with small acquisitions in the amounts of $1.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The Company recorded favorable lease assets in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”); these favorable lease assets represent the values of operating leases acquired with favorable terms. These favorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 9.0 years as of December 31, 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded amortization expense of $2.1 million, $2.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, related to its amortizable intangible assets, which were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company recorded unfavorable lease liabilities in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK; these unfavorable lease liabilities represent the values of operating leases acquired with unfavorable terms. These unfavorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 3.7 years as of December 31, 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized an amortized benefit of $2.1 million, $2.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, related to these unfavorable operating leases, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The following table identifies the estimated amortization expense and benefit of the Company’s intangibles for each of the next five years as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Amortization Expense			Amortization Benefit		Total Amortization Expense
2017	$	(2,072	)	$	1,493	$	(579	)
2018	(1,599		)	923		(676		)
2019	(1,377		)	712		(665		)
2020	(1,197		)	541		(656		)
2021	(969		)	389		(580		)
Total	$	(7,214	)	$	4,058	$	(3,156	)

NOTE 5 – FINANCING

The following table identifies the amounts of the Company’s financing facilities, which were included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Revolving Credit Facility	$	—	$	—
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021(1), effective interest rate of 4.959%	496,758		495,951
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021(2), effective interest rate of 4.646%	298,679		298,396
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022(3), effective interest rate of 3.845%	297,868		297,535
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023(4), effective interest rate of 3.851%	298,355		$	298,136
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026(5), effective interest rate of 3.570%	$	495,359

⁽¹⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $1.4 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽²⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽³⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁴⁾  Net of unamortized discount of less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁵⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and debt issuance costs of $3.9 million as of December 31, 2016.

58

The following table identifies the principal maturities of the Company’s financing facilities as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	Scheduled Maturities
2017	$	—
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
2021	800,000
Thereafter	1,100,000
Total	$	1,900,000

Unsecured revolving credit facility:

On January 14, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of July 2, 2013, and as further amended by Amendment No. 3 dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $600 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A., which is scheduled to mature in July 2018. The Credit Agreement includes a $200 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. As described in the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company may, from time to time, subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $200 million.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, primarily to support obligations related to workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies, in the amounts of $38.7 million and $37.5 million, respectively, reducing the aggregate availability under the Revolving Credit Facility by those amounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at the Company’s option, at the Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin. Swing line loans made under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin for Base Rate loans. In addition, the Company pays a facility fee on the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments. The interest rate margins and facility fee are based upon the better of the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, subject to limited exceptions. As of December 31, 2016, based upon the Company’s credit ratings, its margin for Base Rate loans was 0.000%, its margin for Eurodollar Rate loans was 0.875% and its facility fee was 0.125%.

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.50 times and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 times. The consolidated leverage ratio includes a calculation of adjusted debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding stand-by letters of credit and similar instruments, six-times rent expense and excludes any premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt. The consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio includes a calculation of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Fixed charges include interest expense, capitalized interest and rent expense. In the event that the Company should default on any covenant contained within the Credit Agreement, certain actions may be taken, including, but not limited to, possible termination of commitments, immediate payment of outstanding principal amounts plus accrued interest and other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and litigation from lenders. As of December 31, 2016, the Company remained in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement.

Senior notes:

On March 8, 2016, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 (“3.550% Senior Notes due 2026”) at a price to the public of 99.832% of their face value under its shelf registration statement with United Missouri Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) as trustee. Interest on the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which began with the first interest payment on September 15, 2016, and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

The Company has issued a cumulative $1.9 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes, which are due between January 2021 and March 2026 with UMB as trustee. Interest on the senior notes, ranging from 3.550% to 4.875%, is payable semi-annually and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company’s subsidiaries (“Subsidiary Guarantors”) that incurs or guarantees obligations under the Company’s Credit Agreement or under other credit facility or capital markets debt of the Company’s or any of the Company’s Subsidiary Guarantors. The guarantees are joint and several and full and unconditional, subject to certain customary automatic release provisions, including release of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee under the Company’s Credit Agreement

59

and certain other debt, or, in certain circumstances, the sale or other disposition of a majority of the voting power of the capital interest in, or of all or substantially all of the property of, the Subsidiary Guarantor.  Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and the Company has no independent assets or operations other than those of its subsidiaries. The only direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company that would not be Subsidiary Guarantors would be minor subsidiaries. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiary Guarantors, is subject to any material or significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries, except as provided by applicable law. Each of the senior notes is subject to certain customary covenants, with which the Company complied as of December 31, 2016.

NOTE 6 – LEASING

The following table identifies the future minimum lease payments under all of the Company’s operating leases for each of the next five years and in the aggregate as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Related Parties		Non-Related Parties		Total
2017	$	4,634	$	271,544	$	276,178
2018	4,571		262,056		266,627
2019	3,099		244,564		247,663
2020	2,313		223,528		225,841
2021	1,846		200,411		202,257
Thereafter	5,546		1,032,556		1,038,102
Total	$	22,009	$	2,234,659	$	2,256,668

See Note 11 for further information concerning the Company’s related party operating leases.

Operating lease commitments:

The Company leases certain office space, retail stores, property and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. Most of these leases include renewal options and some include options to purchase, provisions for percentage rent based on sales and/or incremental step increase provisions.

The future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating leases, in the table above, do not include potential amounts for percentage rent or other operating lease related costs and have not been reduced by expected future minimum sublease income. Expected future minimum sublease income under non-cancelable subleases is approximately $20.5 million at December 31, 2016.

The following table summarizes the net rent expense amounts for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Minimum operating lease expense	$	273,559	$	263,479	$	254,565
Contingent rents	892		947		759
Other lease related occupancy costs	13,241		12,852		11,688
Total rent expense	287,692		277,278		267,012
Less: sublease income	4,439		4,019		3,984
Net rent expense	$	283,253	$	273,259	$	263,028

60

NOTE 7 – WARRANTIES

The Company’s product warranty liabilities are included in “Other current liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	2016			2015
Warranty liabilities, balance at January 1,	$	35,223		$	34,226
Warranty claims	(73,925		)	(61,819		)
Warranty accruals	75,325			62,816
Warranty liabilities, balance at December 31,	$	36,623		$	35,223

NOTE 8 – SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In January of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. The Company’s Board of Directors may increase or otherwise modify, renew, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, without prior notice. As announced on February 10, 2016, May 27, 2016, and November 16, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors each time approved a resolution to increase the authorization amount under the share repurchase program by an additional $750 million, resulting in a cumulative authorization amount of $7.8 billion. Each additional authorization is effective for a three-year period, beginning on its respective announcement date.

The following table identifies shares of the Company’s common stock that have been repurchased as part of the Company’s publicly announced share repurchase program (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015
Shares repurchased	5,698		4,901
Average price per share	$	264.21	$	231.81
Total investment	$	1,505,371	$	1,136,139

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $887.8 million remaining under its share repurchase program. Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, the Company repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program, at an average price of $267.32, for a total investment of $387.5 million. The Company has repurchased a total of 58.4 million shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program since the inception of the program in January of 2011 and through February 28, 2017, at an average price of $124.14, for a total aggregate investment of $7.2 billion.

NOTE 9 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND BENEFIT PLANS

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the grants, awards or shares at the time of the grant, award or issuance. Share-based compensation includes stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee incentive plans and director stock plan, restricted stock awarded under the Company’s employee incentive plans, performance incentive plan and director stock plan, stock issued through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock awarded to employees through other benefit programs.

61

The table below identifies the shares that have been authorized for issuance and the shares available for future issuance under the Company plans, as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
Plans	Total Shares Authorized for Issuance under the Plans	Shares Available for Future Issuance under the Plans
Employee Incentive Plans	34,000	6,086
Director Stock Plan	1,000	263
Performance Incentive Plan	650	388
Employee Stock Purchase Plans	4,250	710
Profit Sharing and Savings Plan	4,200	349

Stock options:

The Company’s employee incentive plans provide for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to certain key employees of the Company. Employee stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Employee stock options granted under the plans expire after ten years and typically vest 25% per year, over four years. The Company records compensation expense for the grant date fair value of the option awards, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, evenly over the minimum required service period.

The table below identifies the employee stock option activity under these plans during the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	3,291		$	81.04
Granted	308		267.00
Exercised	(751	)	62.81
Forfeited or expired	(59	)	144.91
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	2,789		$	105.11	5.1 Years	$	483,331
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	2,744		$	103.29	5.0 Years	$	480,582
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	2,027		$	65.45	3.9 Years	$	431,637

The Company’s director stock plan provides for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to directors of the Company. Director stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Director stock options granted under the plans expire after seven years and vest fully after six months. The Company records compensation expense for the grant date fair value of the option awards evenly over the vesting period.

The table below identifies the director stock option activity under this plan during the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	17		$	45.13
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(6	)	39.99
Forfeited	—		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions, including the risk free rate, expected life, expected volatility and expected dividend yield.

• Risk-free interest rate – The United States Treasury rates in effect at the time the options are granted for the options’ expected life.

•

62

• Expected life – Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical experience to estimate the expected life of options granted.

• Expected volatility – Measure of the amount, by which the Company’s stock price is expected to fluctuate, based on a historical trend.

• Expected dividend yield –The Company has not paid, nor does it have plans in the foreseeable future to pay, any dividends.

The table below identifies the weighted-average assumptions used for grants awarded during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

	December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Risk free interest rate	1.44	%	1.52	%	1.60	%
Expected life	5.5 Years		5.7 Years		5.3 Years
Expected volatility	22.3	%	22.3	%	24.3	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company’s forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of options awarded that are expected to be forfeited or canceled prior to becoming fully vested. The Company’s estimate is evaluated periodically and is based upon historical experience at the time of evaluation and reduces expense ratably over the vesting period or the minimum required service period.

The following table summarizes activity related to stock options awarded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for stock options awarded (in thousands)	$	15,404	$	18,209	$	18,705
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to stock options (in thousands)	5,753		6,811		6,923
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	157,115		169,248		147,236
Cash received from exercise of stock options (in thousands)	47,394		105,822		59,594
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options awarded	$	63.42	$	51.56	$	38.18
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options	3.9 Years		4.2 Years		4.6 Years

At December 31, 2016, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards was $26.4 million, and the weighted-average period of time, over which this cost will be recognized, is 2.6 years.

Restricted stock:

The Company’s performance incentive plans provide for the award of shares of restricted stock to its corporate and senior management that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Generally, unvested shares are forfeited when an employee ceases employment. The fair value of shares awarded under these plans is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award and compensation expense is recorded over the minimum required service period.

The table below identifies the employee restricted stock activity under these plans during the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	128.27
Granted during the period	1		256.34
Vested during the period (1)	(5	)	140.91
Forfeited during the period	—		150.85
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	3		$	204.33

⁽¹⁾  Includes two thousand shares withheld to cover employees’ taxes upon vesting.

63

The Company’s director stock plan provides for the award of shares of restricted stock to the directors of the Company that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Unvested shares are forfeited when a director ceases their service on the Company’s Board of Directors for reasons other than death or retirement. The fair value of shares awarded under this plan is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award, and compensation expense is recorded evenly over the vesting period.

The table below identifies the director restricted stock activity under this plan during the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	167.73
Granted during the period	2		268.54
Vested during the period	(3	)	149.49
Forfeited during the period	—		—
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	6		$	222.77

The following table summarizes activity related to restricted stock awarded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for restricted shares awarded	$	1,293	$	1,625	$	2,621
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to restricted shares	$	483	$	610	$	970
Total fair value of restricted shares at vest date	$	2,384	$	3,284	$	3,749
Shares awarded under the plans	4		4		16
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares awarded under the plans	$	264.24	$	208.56	$	147.23

At December 31, 2016, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted share awards was $0.9 million, and the weighted-average period of time, over which this cost will be recognized, is 0.1 years.

Employee stock purchase plan:

The Company’s employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the fair market value. Employees may authorize the Company to withhold up to 5% of their annual salary to participate in the plan. The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP is based on the average of the high and low market prices of the Company’s common stock during the offering periods. Compensation expense is recognized based on the discount between the grant-date fair value and the employee purchase price for the shares sold to employees.

The following table summarizes activity related to the Company’s ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	2,162	$	2,065	$	1,769
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	807	$	773	$	655
Shares issued under the ESPP	54		60		77
Weighted-average price of shares issued under the ESPP	$	227.12	$	195.04	$	130.12

Profit sharing and savings plan:

The Company sponsors a contributory profit sharing and savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) that covers substantially all employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed one year of service. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 2% of each employee’s wages that are contributed and 25% of the next 4% of each employee’s wages that are contributed. An employee generally must be employed on December 31 to receive that year’s Company matching contribution, with the matching contribution funded annually at the beginning of the subsequent year following the year in which the matching contribution was earned.

64

The Company may also make additional discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan on an annual basis as determined by the Board of Directors. The Company did not make any discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014. The Company expensed matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan in the amounts of $20.6 million, $18.5 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

Nonqualified deferred compensation plan:

The Company sponsors a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) for highly compensated employees whose contributions to the 401(k) Plan are limited due to the application of the annual limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Deferred Compensation Plan provides these employees with the opportunity to defer the full 6% of matched compensation, including salary and incentive based compensation, that was precluded under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, which is then matched by the Company using the same formula as the 401(k) Plan. An employee generally must be employed on December 31 to receive that year’s Company matching contribution, with the matching contribution funded annually at the beginning of the subsequent year following the year in which the matching contribution was earned. In the event of bankruptcy, the assets of this plan are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors. The Company has an unsecured obligation to pay, in the future, the value of the deferred compensation and Company match, adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options chosen by each participant during the deferral period. The liability for compensation deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan was $20.5 million and $16.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company expensed matching contributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan in the amounts of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS

Construction commitments:

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had construction commitments in the amount of $79.6 million.

Letters of credit commitments:

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, primarily to satisfy workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies, in the amount of $38.7 million. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s letters of credit commitments.

Debt financing commitments:

The Company’s senior notes are redeemable in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at the Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice at a redemption price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date, equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof or (ii) the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the applicable Treasury Yield plus basis points identified in the indentures governing the notes. In addition, if at any time the Company undergoes a Change of Control Triggering Event, as defined in the indentures governing the notes, the holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their senior notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, but not including the repurchase date. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s debt financing commitments.

Self-insurance reserves:

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for the potential liabilities for Team Member health care benefits, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and property loss. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure to this obligation.

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTIES

The Company leases certain land and buildings related to 75 of its O’Reilly Auto Parts stores under fifteen- or twenty-year operating lease agreements with entities, in which certain of the Company’s affiliated directors, or members of an affiliated director’s immediate family, and an executive officer of the Company are affiliated. Generally, these lease agreements provide for renewal options for an additional five years at the option of the Company and the lease agreements are periodically modified to further extend the lease term for specific stores under the agreements. Lease payments under these operating leases totaled $4.5 million, $4.5 million and $4.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company believes that the lease agreements with the affiliated entities are on terms comparable to those obtainable from third parties. See Note 6 for further information concerning the Company’s operating leases.

65

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities:

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and also include the tax effect of carryforwards.

The following table identifies significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities included in “Deferred income taxes” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,686		$	2,492
Tax credits	9,363			11,747
Other accruals	153,955			151,635
Net operating losses	304			337
Other	19,870			19,051
Total deferred tax assets	186,178			185,262
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventories	76,694			82,313
Property and equipment	157,228			141,930
Other	42,422			40,791
Total deferred tax liabilities	276,344			265,034
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(90,166	)	$	(79,772	)

Provision for income taxes:

The following tables reconcile the amounts included in “Provision for income taxes” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2016
	Current		Deferred		Total
Federal income tax expense	$	540,090	$	7,558	$	547,648
State income tax expense	49,016		2,836		51,852
Net income tax expense	$	589,106	$	10,394	$	599,500

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2015
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense (benefit)	$	504,558	$	(21,973	)	$	482,585
State income tax expense (benefit)	47,242		(677		)	46,565
Net income tax expense (benefit)	$	551,800	$	(22,650	)	$	529,150

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2014
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense	$	399,271	$	5,987		$	405,258
State income tax expense (benefit)	43,242		(4,500		)	38,742
Net income tax expense	$	442,513	$	1,487		$	444,000

66

The following table outlines the reconciliation of the “Provision for income taxes” amounts included on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income to the amounts computed at the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Federal income taxes at statutory rate	$	573,020		$	511,128		$	427,764
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	35,285			32,137			25,320
Other items, net	(8,805		)	(14,115		)	(9,084		)
Total provision for income taxes	$	599,500		$	529,150		$	444,000

The excess tax benefit associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options has been included within “Additional paid-in capital” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had tax credit carryforwards available for state tax purposes, net of federal impact, in the amount of $9.4 million. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards available for state purposes in the amount of $9.8 million. The Company’s state net operating loss carryforwards generally expire in years ranging from 2022 to 2028, and the Company’s tax credits generally expire in 2024.

Unrecognized tax benefits:

The following table summarizes the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at January 1,	$	36,928		$	49,598		$	50,459
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	6,116			5,405			4,665
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	—			995			—
Payments related to items settled with taxing authorities	(195		)	(4,012		)	(300		)
Reductions due to the lapse of statute of limitations and settlements	(8,051		)	(15,058		)	(5,226		)
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at December 31,	$	34,798		$	36,928		$	49,598

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, in the amounts of $40.6 million, $43.6 million and $58.4 million, respectively. All of the unrecognized tax benefits recorded as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized, generally net of the federal tax effect of approximately $13.8 million. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had accrued approximately $5.8 million, $6.7 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions before the benefit of the deduction for interest on state and federal returns. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded tax expense related to an increase in its liability for interest and penalties in the amounts of $2.4 million, $2.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Although unrecognized tax benefits for individual tax positions may increase or decrease during 2017, the Company expects a reduction of $7.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits during the one-year period subsequent to December 31, 2016, resulting from settlement or expiration of the statute of limitations.

The Company’s United States federal income tax returns for tax years 2015 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS concluded an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated 2012 and 2013 federal income tax returns in the second quarter of 2015. The statute of limitations for the Company’s federal income tax returns for tax years 2012 and prior expired on September 15, 2016. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax return for 2013 will expire on September 15, 2017, unless otherwise extended. The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the Company’s consolidated returns for tax years 2014 and 2015. The Company’s state income tax returns remain subject to examination by various state authorities for tax years ranging from 2005 through 2015.

67

NOTE 13 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Numerator (basic and diluted):
Net income	$	1,037,691	$	931,216	$	778,182
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic	95,447		99,965		104,262
Effect of stock options (1)	1,273		1,549		1,779
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution	96,720		101,514		106,041
Earnings per share:
Earnings per share-basic	$	10.87	$	9.32	$	7.46
Earnings per share-assuming dilution	$	10.73	$	9.17	$	7.34
Antidilutive potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share:
Stock options (1)	332		245		363
Weighted-average exercise price per share of antidilutive stock options (1)	$	265.77	$	216.29	$	151.65

⁽¹⁾  See Note 9 for further information concerning the terms of the Company’s share-based compensation plans.

Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, the Company repurchased 1.4 million shares of its common stock, at an average price of $267.32, for a total investment of $387.5 million.

NOTE 14 – LEGAL MATTERS

As previously reported, the Company received a subpoena from the District Attorney of the County of Alameda, along with other environmental prosecutorial offices in the state of California, seeking documents and information related to the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. On November 30, 2016, the Company through its affiliates, entered into a Stipulation for Entry of Final Judgment and Permanent Injunction, including certain injunctive and monetary relief within the previously established accruals.

As previously reported, on June 18, 2015, a jury in Greene County, Missouri returned an unfavorable verdict in a litigated contract dispute in the matter Meridian Creative Alliancevs. O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. et. al. in the amount of $12.5 million. The Company strongly believes that the verdict was unjust and unsupported by the law and the underlying facts and, further, that there are several potential bases for reversal on appeal. The Company has vigorously challenged the verdict in the Court of Appeals. Following the matter being fully briefed by the parties, oral argument was held in the Court of Appeals on January 12, 2017. The Court currently has the matter under consideration. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had reserved $18.6 million with respect to this matter.

68

NOTE 15 – QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain quarterly unaudited operating data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The unaudited quarterly information includes all adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal 2016
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	2,096,150	$	2,176,689	$	2,220,955	$	2,099,302
Gross profit	1,097,579		1,127,179		1,170,026		1,114,227
Operating income	418,626		425,061		447,809		407,710
Net income	255,374		257,794		278,493		246,030
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.63	$	2.69	$	2.93	$	2.62
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.59	$	2.65	$	2.90	$	2.59

	Fiscal 2015
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	1,901,903	$	2,035,518	$	2,080,201	$	1,949,052
Gross profit	986,959		1,058,791		1,089,254		1,027,639
Operating income	350,373		385,768		415,260		362,620
Net income	212,864		233,508		266,268		218,576
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.09	$	2.32	$	2.68	$	2.22
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.06	$	2.29	$	2.64	$	2.19

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

The unaudited operating data presented above should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the other financial information included therein.

69

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the management of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), under the supervision and with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) and as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROLS

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2016, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of the Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) or 15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Internal control over financial reporting includes all policies and procedures that

• pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

• provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

• provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management recognizes that all internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, management believes that as of December 31, 2016, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which is included in Item 8.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

70

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Certain information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”), which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) within 120 days of the end of the Company’s most recent fiscal year. Except for those portions specifically incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement, no other portions of the Proxy Statement are deemed to be filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Directors and Officers:

The information regarding the directors of the Company will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors” and “Information Concerning the Board of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the Company’s most recent fiscal year. The information regarding executive officers called for by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is included in Part I, in accordance with General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, for the Company’s executive officers who are not also directors.

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended:

The information regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K, will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Ethics:

The Company’s Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers (including its chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, controller and any person performing similar functions), and Team Members. The Company’s Code of Ethics is available on its website at www.oreillyauto.com, under the “Corporate Home” caption. The information on the Company’s website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this report or any of the Company’s other filings with the SEC.

Corporate Governance:

The Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors does not have a written policy on the consideration of Director candidates recommended by shareholders. It is the view of the Board of Directors that all candidates, whether recommended by a shareholder or the Corporate Governance/Nominating Committee, shall be evaluated based on the same established criteria for persons to be nominated for election to the Board of Directors and its committees.

The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee pursuant to Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee currently consists of Jay D. Burchfield, Thomas T. Hendrickson, Paul R. Lederer, John R. Murphy and Ronald Rashkow, each an independent director in accordance with The Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rule 5605(a)(2), the standards of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rule 5605(c)(2). In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Murphy, Chairman of the Audit Committee, qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Director and Officer Compensation:

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be included in O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Compensation of Executive Officers” and “Compensation of Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Compensation Committee:

The information required by Item 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K will be included in O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) under the caption “Equity Compensation Plans” and is incorporated herein by reference.

71

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Security Ownership of Directors and Management” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be included in the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K will be included in the Company’s Proxy Statement under the caption “Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A will be included in O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.

72

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Financial Statements - O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries

The following consolidated financial statements of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries included in the Annual Shareholders’ Report of the registrant for the year ended December 31, 2016, are filed with this Annual Report in Part II, Item 8:

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Financial Statements

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

2. Financial Statement Schedules - O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries is included in Item 15(a):

Schedule II - Valuation and qualifying accounts

All other schedules, for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

3. Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page E-1.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

73

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions - Charged to Costs and Expenses		Additions - Charged to Other Accounts - Describe		Deductions -  Describe			Balance at End of Period
Sales and returns allowances:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	7,978	$	1,617	$	—	$	—		$	9,595
For the year ended December 31, 2015	6,855		1,123		—		—			7,978
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,500	$	355	$	—	$	—		$	6,855
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	9,637	$	9,587	$	—	$	7,184	(1)	$	12,040
For the year ended December 31, 2015	8,713		7,119		—		6,195		(1)	9,637
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,661	$	8,919	$	—	$	6,867	(1)	$	8,713

⁽¹⁾  Uncollectable accounts written off.

74

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC.
(Registrant)
Date:	February 28, 2017
By:	/s/	Greg L. Henslee
	Greg L. Henslee
	Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:	February 28, 2017
	/s/	David O’Reilly	/s/	Charles H. O’Reilly Jr.
	David O’Reilly		Charles H. O’Reilly Jr.
	Director and Chairman of the Board		Director and Vice Chairman of the Board
	/s/	Larry O’Reilly	/s/	Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten
	Larry O’Reilly		Rosalie O’Reilly Wooten
	Director and Vice Chairman of the Board		Director
	/s/	Jay D. Burchfield	/s/	Thomas T. Hendrickson
	Jay D. Burchfield		Thomas T. Hendrickson
	Director		Director
	/s/	Paul R. Lederer	/s/	John R. Murphy
	Paul R. Lederer		John R. Murphy
	Director		Director
	/s/	Ronald Rashkow	/s/	Greg L. Henslee
	Ronald Rashkow		Greg L. Henslee
	Director		Chief Executive Officer
			(Principal Executive Officer)
	/s/	Thomas McFall
	Thomas McFall
	Executive Vice President of Finance and
	Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

75

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.	Description
2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 1, 2008, between O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., OC Acquisition Company and CSK Auto Corporation, filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 7, 2008, is incorporated herein by this reference.
2.2	Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 29, 2010, between O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., O’Reilly Holdings, Inc. and O’Reilly MergerCo, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2010, is incorporated herein by this reference.
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 29, 2016, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.1	Form of Stock Certificate for Common Stock, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.2	Indenture, dated as of January 14, 2011, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.3	Form of 4.875% Note due 2021, included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.4	Indenture, dated as of September 19, 2011, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.5	Form of 4.625% Note due 2021, included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.6	Indenture, dated as of August 21, 2012, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 21, 2012, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.7	Form of 3.800% Note due 2022, included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 21, 2012, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.8	Indenture, dated as of June 20, 2013, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.9	Form of 3.850% Note due 2023, included in Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.10	Indenture, dated as of March 8, 2016, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB, Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2016, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.11	Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 8, 2016, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., the subsidiaries party thereto as guarantors, and UMB, Bank, N.A., as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2016, is incorporated herein by this reference.
4.12	Form of 3.550% Note due 2026, included in Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2016, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.1 (a)	Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O’Reilly, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.2	Lease between the Registrant and O’Reilly Investment Company, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.3	Lease between the Registrant and O’Reilly Real Estate Company, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.4 (a)	Form of Retirement Agreement between the Registrant and David E. O’Reilly, filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.5 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings Plan, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-8, File No. 33-73892, is incorporated herein by this reference.

Page E-1

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)

Exhibit No.	Description
10.6 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.7 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.8 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement of the Registrant on Form S-1, File No. 33-58948, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.9 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.18 (a) to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.10 (a)	Second Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.11 (a)	Third Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.12 (a)	First Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Directors’ Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.13 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.14	Trust Agreement between the Registrant’s Deferred Compensation Plan and Bankers Trust, dated February 2, 1998, filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1998, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.15 (a)	2001 Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, dated May 8, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.16 (a)	First Amendment to Retirement Agreement, dated February 7, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.17 (a)	Fourth Amendment to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, dated February 7, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.18 (a)	Amended and Restated O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2003 Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.19 (a)	Amended and Restated O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2003 Directors’ Stock Plan, filed as Appendix C to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.20 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan, filed as Appendix A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.21 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan, filed as Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2009 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.22 (a)	Form of Stock Option Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Annual Shareholders’ Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.23	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2011, among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as the lead Borrower itself and the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, Bank of America N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 14, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.24	Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2011, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as the lead Borrower, Bank of America N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 9, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.25	Amendment No. 2 to the Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1 to Guaranty, dated as of July 2, 2013, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and a Lender, and the other lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 3, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.

Page E-2

EXHIBIT INDEX (continued)

Exhibit No.	Description
10.26	Amendment No. 3 to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2015, by and among O’Reilly Automotive, Inc., as borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer, Swing Line Lender and a Lender, and other lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 18, 2015, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.27 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Compensation Program, as Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.28 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2012 Incentive Award Plan, filed as Annex A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders on Schedule 14A, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.29 (a)	O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2012 Incentive Award Plan, Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.30 (a)	Form of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Indemnification Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.31 (a)	Form of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2013, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.32 (a)	Form of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy Acknowledgment, between O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and certain O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Executive Officers, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 2015, is incorporated herein by this reference.
10.33 (a)	Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement between O’Reilly and certain O’Reilly Executive Officers, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 2015, is incorporated herein by this reference.
21.1	Subsidiaries of the Registrant, filed herewith.
23.1	Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, filed herewith.
31.1	Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
31.2	Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.
32.1 *	Certificate of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, furnished herewith.
32.2 *	Certificate of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, furnished herewith.
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
(a)	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
*	Furnished (and not filed) herewith pursuant to Item 601 (b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Page E-3

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1 – Subsidiaries of the Registrant

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Subsidiary	State of Incorporation
O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc.	Missouri
Ozark Automotive Distributors, Inc.	Missouri
Ozark Services, Inc.	Missouri
Ozark Purchasing, LLC	Missouri
O’Reilly Auto Enterprises, LLC	Delaware

In addition, three subsidiaries operating in the United States have been omitted from the above list, as they would not, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary as defined by Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

One hundred percent of the capital stock of each of the above subsidiaries is directly or indirectly owned by O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1 – Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 033-91022), Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Form S-8 No. 033-91022) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Form S-8 No. 033-91022) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Performance Incentive Plan;

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-63467) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Form S-8 No. 333-63467) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan;

(3) Registration Statements (Form S-8 No. 333-59568 and 333-136958) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Form S-8 No. 333-59568 and 333-136958) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Profit Sharing and Savings Plan;

(4) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-111976) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Form S-8 No. 333-111976) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2003 Employee Stock Option Plan, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2003 Director Stock Option Plan, O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 1993 Employee Stock Option Plan, and the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan;

(5) Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 to Form S-4 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 (Form S-8 No. 333-151578) pertaining to the CSK Auto Corporation 2004 Stock and Incentive Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan, CSK Auto Corporation 1996 Associate Stock Option Plan and CSK Auto Corporation Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement with Lawrence N. Mondry;

(6) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-157862) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Form S-8 No. 333-157862) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan;

(7) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-159351) and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 (Form S-8 No. 333-159351) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Stock Purchase Plan and to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2009 Incentive Plan;

(8) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-181364) pertaining to the O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. 2012 Incentive Award Plan; and

(9) Registration Statement (Form S-3ASR No. 333-209788) pertaining to the offer from time to time of debt securities;

of our reports dated February 28, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2016.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Kansas City, Missouri

February 28, 2017

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1 - CEO Certification

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Greg L. Henslee, certify that

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2017	/s/ Greg L. Henslee
	Greg L. Henslee
	Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2 - CFO Certification

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Thomas McFall, certify that

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 28, 2017	/s/ Thomas McFall
	Thomas McFall
	Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1 - CEO Certification

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Greg L. Henslee, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ Greg L. Henslee

Greg L. Henslee

Chief Executive Officer

February 28, 2017

This certification is made solely for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and not for any other purpose.  This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2 - CFO Certification

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Report of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Thomas McFall, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ Thomas McFall

Thomas McFall

Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2017

This certification is made solely for purposes of 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and not for any other purpose.  This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Feb. 20, 2017	Jun. 30, 2016
Document and Entity Information
Document type	10-K
Amendment flag	false
Document period end date	Dec. 31, 2016
Document fiscal year focus	2016
Current fiscal year end date	--12-31
Document fiscal period focus	FY
Entity registrant name	O REILLY AUTOMOTIVE INC
Trading symbol	orly
Entity central index key	0000898173
Entity well-known seasoned issuer	Yes
Entity voluntary filers	No
Entity current reporting status	Yes
Entity filer category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity common stock, shares outstanding		91,639,693
Entity public float			$ 20,433,280,070

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 146,598	$ 116,301
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts $12,040 in 2016 and $9,637 in 2015	197,274	161,078
Amounts receivable from suppliers	82,105	72,609
Inventory	2,778,976	2,631,015
Other current assets	53,022	29,023
Total current assets	3,257,975	3,010,026
Property and equipment, at cost	4,832,342	4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	1,708,911	1,510,694
Net property and equipment	3,123,431	2,861,556
Notes receivable, less current portion	0	13,219
Goodwill	785,399	757,142
Other assets, net	37,384	34,741
Total assets	7,204,189	6,676,684
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Accounts payable	2,936,656	2,608,231
Self-insurance reserves	67,921	72,741
Accrued payroll	71,717	59,101
Accrued benefits and withholdings	74,454	72,203
Income taxes payable	0	1,444
Other current liabilities	249,901	232,678
Total current liabilities	3,400,649	3,046,398
Long-term debt	1,887,019	1,390,018
Deferred income taxes	90,166	79,772
Other liabilities	199,219	199,182
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Authorized shares - 5,000,000, Issued and outstanding shares - none	0	0
Common stock, $0.01 par value: Authorized shares - 245,000,000, Issued and outstanding shares - 92,851,815 as of December 31, 2016, and 97,737,171 as of December 31, 2015	929	977
Additional paid-in capital	1,336,707	1,281,497
Retained earnings	289,500	678,840
Total shareholders' equity	1,627,136	1,961,314
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 7,204,189	$ 6,676,684

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Statement of Financial Position [Abstract]
Accounts receivable, allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 12,040	$ 9,637
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	245,000,000	245,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	92,851,815	97,737,171
Common stock, shares outstanding	92,851,815	97,737,171

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Income Statement [Abstract]
Sales	$ 8,593,096	$ 7,966,674	$ 7,216,081
Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	4,084,085	3,804,031	3,507,180
Gross profit	4,509,011	4,162,643	3,708,901
Selling, general and administrative expenses	2,809,805	2,648,622	2,438,527
Operating income	1,699,206	1,514,021	1,270,374
Other income (expense):
Interest expense	(70,931)	(57,129)	(53,290)
Interest income	4,224	2,340	2,301
Other, net	4,692	1,134	2,797
Total other expense	(62,015)	(53,655)	(48,192)
Income before income taxes	1,637,191	1,460,366	1,222,182
Provision for income taxes	599,500	529,150	444,000
Net income	$ 1,037,691	$ 931,216	$ 778,182
Earnings per share-basic:
Earnings per share - basic	$ 10.87	$ 9.32	$ 7.46
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - basic	95,447	99,965	104,262
Earnings per share-assuming dilution:
Earnings per share - assuming dilution	$ 10.73	$ 9.17	$ 7.34
Weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution	96,720	101,514	106,041

XML

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Total	Common stock [Member]	Additional paid-in capital [Member]	Retained earnings [Member]
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 1,966,321	$ 1,059	$ 1,118,929	$ 846,333
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013		105,940,000
Net income	778,182			778,182
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	11,181	$ 1	11,180
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes, shares		86,000
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	59,594	$ 13	59,581
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares		1,320,000
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	49,150		49,150
Share based compensation	20,474		20,474
Share repurchases, including fees	(866,484)	$ (57)	(64,385)	(802,042)
Share repurchases, shares		(5,743,000)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	2,018,418	$ 1,016	1,194,929	822,473
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014		101,603,000
Net income	931,216			931,216
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	11,630		11,630
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes, shares		59,000
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	52,911	$ 10	52,901
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares		976,000
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	63,078		63,078
Share based compensation	20,274		20,274
Share repurchases, including fees	$ (1,136,213)	$ (49)	(61,315)	(1,074,849)
Share repurchases, shares	(4,901,000)	(4,901,000)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2015	$ 1,961,314	$ 977	1,281,497	678,840
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2015	97,737,171	97,737,000
Net income	$ 1,037,691			1,037,691
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes	12,614	$ 1	12,613
Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of forfeitures and shares withheld to cover taxes, shares		56,000
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options	47,394	$ 8	47,386
Net issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options, shares		757,000
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	55,994		55,994
Share based compensation	17,566		17,566
Share repurchases, including fees	$ (1,505,437)	$ (57)	(78,349)	(1,427,031)
Share repurchases, shares	(5,698,000)	(5,698,000)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2016	$ 1,627,136	$ 929	$ 1,336,707	$ 289,500
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2016	92,851,815	92,852,000

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Operating activities:
Net income	$ 1,037,691	$ 931,216	$ 778,182
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and intangibles	217,866	210,256	194,205
Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs	2,451	2,106	2,086
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	(55,994)	(63,078)	(49,150)
Deferred income taxes	10,394	(22,650)	1,487
Share-based compensation programs	18,859	21,899	23,095
Other	6,434	6,839	5,592
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(38,548)	(23,858)	(19,271)
Inventory	(119,270)	(76,226)	(179,742)
Accounts payable	322,427	191,064	360,646
Income taxes payable	26,880	81,617	32,158
Accrued payroll	12,616	(19,341)	12,923
Accrued benefits and withholdings	(808)	17,970	28,899
Other	13,169	23,662	(680)
Net cash provided by operating activities	1,454,167	1,281,476	1,190,430
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(476,344)	(414,020)	(429,987)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	5,119	2,758	2,880
Payments received on notes receivable	1,047	4,074	3,705
Other	(58,918)	0	0
Net cash used in investing activities	(529,096)	(407,188)	(423,402)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt	499,160	0	0
Payment of debt issuance costs	(4,125)	0	0
Principal payments on capital leases	0	(25)	(72)
Repurchases of common stock	(1,505,437)	(1,136,213)	(866,484)
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation	55,994	63,078	49,150
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock	59,634	64,613	69,620
Net cash used in financing activities	(894,774)	(1,008,547)	(747,786)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	30,297	(134,259)	19,242
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year	116,301	250,560	231,318
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year	146,598	116,301	250,560
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Income taxes paid	569,677	485,824	416,458
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest	$ 63,648	$ 55,061	$ 51,203

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Policy Text Block [Abstract]

Summary of significant accounting policies

NOTE 1– SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of business:

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively, “O’Reilly” or the “Company,” is a specialty retailer and supplier of automotive aftermarket parts. The Company’s stores carry an extensive product line, including new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items and various automotive accessories. As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned and operated 4,829 stores in 47 states, servicing both do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and the professional service provider customers. The Company’s robust distribution system provides stores with same-day or overnight access to an extensive inventory of hard-to-find items not typically stocked in the stores of other auto parts retailers.

Segment reporting:

The Company is managed and operated by a single management team reporting to the chief operating decision maker. O’Reilly stores have similar characteristics, including the nature of the products and services, the type and class of customers and the methods used to distribute products and provide service to its customers and, as a whole, make up a single operating segment. The Company does not prepare discrete financial information with respect to product lines, types of customers or geographic locations and as such has one reportable segment.

Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of 90 days or less on the date of purchase.

Accounts receivable:

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company considers the following factors when determining if collection is reasonably assured: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on historical experience and an evaluation of the current composition of accounts receivable. Amounts due to the Company from its Team Members are included as a component of accounts receivable. These amounts consist primarily of purchases of merchandise on Team Member accounts. Accounts receivable due from Team Members was approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company grants credit to certain customers who meet the Company’s pre-established credit requirements. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited because the Company’s customer base consists of a large number of small customers, spreading the credit risk across a broad base. The Company also controls this credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and accounts receivable and credit monitoring procedures. Generally, the Company does not require security when credit is granted to customers. Credit losses are provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and have consistently been within management’s expectations.

Amounts receivable from suppliers:

The Company receives concessions from its suppliers through a variety of programs and arrangements, including allowances for new stores and warranties, volume purchase rebates and co-operative advertising. Co-operative advertising allowances that are incremental to the Company’s advertising program, specific to a product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period, in which the advertising occurred. All other supplier concessions are recognized as a reduction to the cost of sales. Amounts receivable from suppliers also includes amounts due to the Company for changeover merchandise and product returns. The Company regularly reviews supplier receivables for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s suppliers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations. Management does not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that the Company will be unable to collect the amounts receivable from suppliers and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectable amounts from suppliers in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Inventory:

Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory also includes capitalized costs related to procurement, warehousing and distribution centers (“DC”s). Cost has been determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, which more accurately matches costs with related revenues. Over time, as the Company’s merchandise inventory purchases have increased, the Company negotiated improved acquisition costs from its suppliers and the corresponding price deflation exhausted the Company’s LIFO reserve balance. The Company’s policy is to not write up the value of its inventory in excess of its replacement cost, and accordingly, the Company’s merchandise inventory has been effectively recorded at replacement cost since December 31, 2013. The replacement cost of inventory was $2.78 billion and $2.63 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. LIFO costs exceeded replacement costs by $132.0 million and $85.9 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company uses the fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure the fair value of certain of its financial instruments. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The Company uses the income and market approaches to determine the fair value of its assets and liabilities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are set forth below:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

See Note 2 for further information concerning the Company’s financial and non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis.

Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of the assets. The lease term includes renewal options determined by management at lease inception, for which failure to execute renewal options would result in a substantial economic penalty to the Company. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.

Notes receivable:

The Company had notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties in the amount of $17.3 million at December 31, 2015. The Company regularly reviews its notes receivable for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s borrowers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations. Management did not believe there was a reasonable likelihood that the Company would be unable to collect the notes receivable and the Company did not record a reserve for uncollectable notes receivable in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties were dissolved, in connection with new supplier contracts, and during the year ended December 31, 2016, no new notes receivable arrangements have been entered into.

Goodwill and other intangibles:

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, include goodwill and other intangible assets recorded as the result of acquisitions. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values, rather than systematically amortizing goodwill against earnings. During 2016 and 2015, the goodwill impairment test included a quantitative assessment, which compared the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company operates as a single reporting unit, and the Company determined that its fair value exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015; as such, no goodwill impairment adjustment was required as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Finite-lived intangibles are carried at cost and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the intangibles.

Impairment of long-lived assets:

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, the Company compares the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the asset (asset group) with the carrying amounts of the asset. If the undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company measures the amount of impairment loss as the amount, by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. The Company has not historically recorded any material impairment charges to its long-lived assets and the Company did not record a material impairment charge to its long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Valuation of investments:

The Company has an unsecured obligation to pay, in the future, the value of deferred compensation and a Company match relating to employee participation in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). See Note 9 for further information concerning the Company’s benefit plans. The future obligation is adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options, chosen by each participant. The Company invests in various marketable securities with the intention of selling these securities to fulfill its future obligations under the Deferred Compensation Plan. The investments in this plan were stated at fair value based on quoted market prices, were accounted for as trading securities and were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. See Note 2 for further information concerning the fair value measurements of the Company’s marketable securities.

Self-insurance reserves:

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for Team Member health care benefits, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and property loss. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure. The Company estimates its self-insurance liabilities by considering a number of factors, including historical claims experience and trend-lines, projected medical and legal inflation, growth patterns and exposure forecasts. Certain of these liabilities were recorded at an estimate of their net present value, using a credit-adjusted discount rate.

The following table identifies the components of the Company’s self-insurance reserves as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted)	$	138,687	$	141,173
Self-insurance reserves (discounted)	129,437		131,990

The current portion of the Company’s discounted self-insurance reserves totaled $67.9 million and $72.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which was included in “Self-insurance reserves” on the accompanying Consolidate Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The remainder was included was included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Warranties:

The Company offers warranties on certain merchandise it sells with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties. The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of the Company’s suppliers. Certain suppliers provide upfront allowances to the Company in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims. For this merchandise, when sold, the Company bears the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims. Differences between supplier allowances received by the Company, in lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense, are recorded as an adjustment to cost of sales. Estimated warranty costs, which are recorded as obligations at the time of sale, are based on the historical failure rate of each individual product line. The Company’s historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty claims to the Company has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost of individual claims. See Note 7 for further information concerning the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities.

Litigation reserves:

O’Reilly is currently involved in litigation incidental to the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business. The Company records reserves for litigation losses in instances where a material adverse outcome is probable and the Company is able to reasonably estimate the probable loss. The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred in pending litigation matters. Although the Company cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period. See Note 14 for further information concerning the Company’s litigation reserves.

Share repurchases:

In January of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. All shares repurchased under the share repurchase program are retired and recorded under the par value method on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 8 for further information concerning the Company’s share repurchase program.

Revenue recognition:

Over-the-counter retail sales are recorded when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Sales to professional service provider customers, also referred to as “commercial sales,” are recorded upon same-day delivery of the merchandise to the customer, generally at the customer’s place of business. Wholesale sales to other retailers, also referred to as “jobber sales,” are recorded upon shipment of the merchandise from a regional DC with same-day delivery to the jobber customer’s location. Internet retail sales are recorded when the merchandise is shipped or when the merchandise is picked up in a store. All sales are recorded net of estimated returns allowances, discounts and taxes.

The Company maintains a retail loyalty program named O’Reilly O’Rewards, designed to build brand recognition. The program allows a retail customer to enroll at no charge, does not impose a membership fee and provides members with the ability to earn loyalty points by making qualifying purchases at the Company’s stores. Upon reaching established thresholds, the members are automatically issued coupons, which expire 90 days after issuance, have no cash value and may be redeemed for most items in the Company’s stores with a total purchase price equal to or greater than the value of the coupon. Points accrued in a member’s account, which have not been awarded to the member with a coupon, expire 12 months after the date that they were earned. The Company records a deferred revenue liability, based on a breakage adjusted estimated redemption rate, and a corresponding reduction in revenue in periods when loyalty points are earned by members. The Company recognizes revenue and a corresponding reduction to the deferred revenue liability in periods when loyalty program issued coupons are redeemed by members.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had recorded a deferred revenue liability of $4.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively, related to its loyalty program, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recognized $12.7 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of deferred revenue related to its loyalty program.

Cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses:

The following table illustrates the primary costs classified in each major expense category:

Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	Selling, general and administrative expenses
Total cost of merchandise sold, including:	Payroll and benefit costs for store and corporate Team Members
Freight expenses associated with acquiring merchandise and with moving merchandise inventories from the Company’s distribution centers to the stores	Occupancy costs of store and corporate facilities
Defective merchandise and warranty costs	Depreciation and amortization related to store and corporate assets
Supplier allowances and incentives, including:	Vehicle expenses for store delivery services
Allowances that are not reimbursements for specific, incremental and identifiable costs	Self-insurance costs
Cash discounts on payments to suppliers	Closed store expenses
Costs associated with the Company’s supply chain, including:	Other administrative costs, including:
Payroll and benefit costs	Accounting, legal and other professional services
Warehouse occupancy costs	Bad debt, banking and credit card fees
Transportation costs	Supplies
Depreciation	Travel
Inventory shrinkage	Advertising costs

Operating leases:

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease terms of its stores, DCs and corporate offices. Generally, the lease term for stores and corporate offices is the base lease term and the lease term for DCs includes the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods, for which renewal is reasonably assured and failure to exercise the renewal option would result in a significant economic penalty. The Company’s policy is to amortize leasehold improvements associated with the Company’s operating leases over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of those assets. See Note 6 for further information concerning the Company’s operating leases.

Advertising expenses:

Advertising expense consists primarily of expenses related to the Company’s integrated marketing program, which includes television, radio, direct mail and newspaper distribution, in-store and online promotions, and sports and event sponsorships. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company also participates in cooperative advertising arrangements with certain of its suppliers. Advertising expense, net of cooperative advertising allowances from suppliers that were incremental to the advertising program, specific to the product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes, total $83.0 million, $79.3 million and $79.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

Share-based compensation and benefit plans:

The Company sponsors employee share-based benefit plans and employee and director share-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period for its share-based plans based on the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant, award or issuance. Share-based plans include stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee incentive plans and director stock plan, stock issued through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and restricted stock awarded to employees and directors through other compensation plans. See Note 9 for further information concerning the Company’s share-based compensation and plans.

Pre-opening expenses:

Costs associated with the opening of new stores, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are charged to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Costs associated with the opening of new distribution centers, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are included as a component of “Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred.

Interest expense:

The Company capitalizes interest costs as a component of construction in progress, based on the weighted-average interest rates incurred on its long-term borrowings. Total interest costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, were $7.9 million, $7.4 million and $11.5 million, respectively, which were included in “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the issuance or amendment of long-term debt instruments, the Company incurs various costs, including debt registration fees, accounting and legal fees and underwriter and book runner fees. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s long-term unsecured senior notes are recorded as a reduction of the principal amount of the corresponding unsecured senior notes. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility are recorded as an asset. These debt issuance costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the corresponding debt instrument and the amortization expense is included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred debt issuance costs totaled $10.6 million and $8.3 million, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, of which $0.7 million and $1.2 million were included as a component of “Other assets, net” as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with the remainder included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company issued its long-term unsecured senior notes at a discount. The original issuance discount on the senior notes is recorded as a reduction of the principal amount due for the corresponding senior notes and is accreted over the term of the applicable senior note, with the accretion expense included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Original issuance discounts, net of accretion, totaled $3.1 million and $2.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

See Note 5 for further information concerning debt issuance costs and original issuance discounts associated with the Company’s issuances of long-term debt instruments.

Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the GAAP basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rules and rates currently scheduled to be in effect for the year, in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax carry forwards are also recognized in deferred tax assets and liabilities under this method. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date. The Company would record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not the amount will not be realized, based upon evidence available at the time of the determination and any change in the valuation allowance is recorded in the period of a change in such determination.

The Company did not establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, as it was considered more likely than not that deferred tax assets were realizable through a combination of future taxable income, the realization of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies. The Company regularly reviews its potential tax liabilities for tax years subject to audit. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as differing interpretations of tax regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings. Changes in the Company’s tax liability may occur in the future as its assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions and/or changes in tax regulations. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years presented. The estimates of the Company’s potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate the exposures associated with the Company’s various tax positions and actual results could differ from estimates. See Note 12 for further information concerning the Company’s income taxes.

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the fiscal period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the common stock equivalents associated with the potential impact of dilutive stock options. Certain common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future were not included in the fully diluted computation because they would have been antidilutive. Generally, stock options are antidilutive and excluded from the earnings per share calculation when the exercise price exceeds the market price of the common shares. See Note 13 for further information concerning the Company’s common stock equivalents.

New accounting pronouncements:

In May of 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). Under ASU 2014-09, an entity is required to follow a five-step process to determine the amount of revenue to recognize when promised goods or services are transferred to customers. ASU 2014-09 offers specific accounting guidance for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. In addition, an entity is required to disclose sufficient information to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August of 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” (“ASU 2015-14”), to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. For public companies, ASU 2015-14 changes ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. These ASUs can be adopted retrospectively or as a cumulative-effective adjustment at the date of adoption, with early adoption allowed, but not before December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on the Company’s recognition of customer related accounts receivable, warranty costs that are not the responsibility of the Company’s suppliers, the application of the Company’s retail O’Rewards loyalty program and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its evaluation of the impact or means of adoption.

In February of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on determining the discount rate to be used in valuing new and existing leases, the treatment of existing favorable and unfavorable lease agreements acquired in connection with previous acquisitions, procedural and operational changes that may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the guidance and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance, all of which are areas that could potentially be impacted by adoption of the guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its full evaluation; however, the Company believes the adoption of the new guidance will have a material impact on the total assets and total liabilities reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call or put options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the debt hosts and requires entities to solely use the four-step decision sequence, which is already in existence, when assessing the embedded call or put options. For public companies, ASU 2016-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and can be adopted on a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). Under ASU 2016-09, several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows, were simplified. For public companies, ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2016-09 includes various adoption methods, depending on the guidance being adopted; amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method, while the amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively, the amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement should be applied prospectively, and amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the future impact this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, as well as which method of adoption is most appropriate. At this time, the Company anticipates the adoption of the new guidance will prospectively impact its reported provision for income taxes, net income, weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution and earnings per share - assuming dilution, as well as retrospectively and prospectively impact the Company’s reported net cash provided by/used in operating activities and net cash provided by/used in financing activities.

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Under ASU 2016-13, businesses and other organizations are required to present financial assets, measured at amortized costs basis, at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis, such as trade receivables. The measurement of expected credit loss will be based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount. For public companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2020. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice for eight specific parts on cash flow statement presentation and classification: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) policies; distributions received from equity method investments; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. For public companies, ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 revises the definition of a business in the Accounting Standards Codification and clarifies the guidance for determining whether the purchase or disposal of an asset or group of assets qualifies as the purchase or disposal of a business. For public companies, ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption permitted with certain conditions. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates the second step in the previous process for goodwill impairment testing; instead the test is now a one-step process that calls for goodwill impairment loss to be measured as the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. For public companies, ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption after January 1, 2017. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Abstract]

Fair value measurements

NOTE 2 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

The Company’s marketable securities were accounted for as trading securities and the carrying amount of the Company’s marketable securities were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company recorded an increase in fair value related to its marketable securities in the amount of $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and a decrease in the amount of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, which were included in “Other income (expense)” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

The tables below identify the estimated fair value of the Company’s marketable securities, determined by reference to quoted market prices (Level 1), as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	20,462	$	—	$	—	$	20,462

	December 31, 2015
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	16,895	$	—	$	—	$	16,895

Non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

Certain long-lived non-financial assets and liabilities may be required to be measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in certain circumstances, including when there is evidence of impairment. These non-financial assets and liabilities may include assets acquired in a business combination or property and equipment that are determined to be impaired. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company did not have any non-financial assets or liabilities that had been measured at fair value subsequent to initial recognition.

Fair value of financial instruments:

The carrying amounts of the Company’s senior notes are included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s senior notes.

The table below identifies the estimated fair value of the Company’s senior notes, using the market approach. The fair values as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, were determined by reference to quoted market prices of the same or similar instruments (Level 2) (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016				December 31, 2015
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021	$	496,758	$	538,678	$	495,951	$	542,078
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021	298,679		321,633		298,396		319,620
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022	297,868		310,802		297,535		303,595
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023	298,355		307,860		$	298,136	$	302,468
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026	$	495,359	$	498,537

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets include other financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, amounts receivable from suppliers and accounts payable. Due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments, the Company believes that the carrying values of these instruments approximate their fair values.

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and equipment

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

The following table identifies the types and balances of property and equipment included in “Property and equipment, at cost” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and includes the estimated useful lives for its types of property and equipment (in thousands, except original useful lives):

	Original Useful Lives	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Land		$	648,689	$	590,244
Buildings and building improvements	15 – 39 years	1,805,347		1,603,389
Leasehold improvements	3 – 25 years	593,785		554,198
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 – 20 years	1,215,929		1,108,127
Vehicles	5 – 10 years	359,362		313,401
Construction in progress		209,230		202,891
Total property and equipment		4,832,342		4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,708,911		1,510,694
Net property and equipment		$	3,123,431	$	2,861,556

The Company recorded depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment in the amounts of $217.0 million, $203.4 million and $193.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were primarily included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and other intangibles

NOTE 4 – GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill:

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in business conditions indicate that impairment may exist. Goodwill is not amortizable for financial statement purposes. The Company did not record any goodwill impairment during the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

The carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill was included in “Goodwill” on the accompanying Consolidate Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded an increase in goodwill of $28.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, resulting from small acquisitions.

The following table identifies the changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	2016		2015
Goodwill, balance at January 1,	$	757,142	$	756,384
Change in goodwill	28,257		758
Goodwill, balance at December 31,	$	785,399	$	757,142

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, other than goodwill, the Company did not have any other indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Intangibles other than goodwill:

The following table identifies the components of the Company’s amortizable intangibles as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	Cost of Amortizable Intangibles				Accumulated Amortization (Expense) Benefit						Net Amortizable Intangibles
	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015		December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015			December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Amortizable intangible assets:
Favorable leases	$	27,960	$	32,070	$	(18,104	)	$	(19,991	)	$	9,856	$	12,079
Non-compete agreements	1,887		732		(414		)	(409		)	1,473		323
Total amortizable intangible assets	$	29,847	$	32,802	$	(18,518	)	$	(20,400	)	$	11,329	$	12,402
Unfavorable leases	$	19,950	$	28,580	$	15,840		$	22,415		$	4,110	$	6,165

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded non-compete agreement assets in conjunction with small acquisitions in the amounts of $1.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

The Company recorded favorable lease assets in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK Auto Corporation (“CSK”); these favorable lease assets represent the values of operating leases acquired with favorable terms. These favorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 9.0 years as of December 31, 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded amortization expense of $2.1 million, $2.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively, related to its amortizable intangible assets, which were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Company recorded unfavorable lease liabilities in conjunction with the acquisition of CSK; these unfavorable lease liabilities represent the values of operating leases acquired with unfavorable terms. These unfavorable leases had an estimated weighted-average remaining useful life of approximately 3.7 years as of December 31, 2016. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized an amortized benefit of $2.1 million, $2.8 million and $3.7 million, respectively, related to these unfavorable operating leases, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The following table identifies the estimated amortization expense and benefit of the Company’s intangibles for each of the next five years as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Amortization Expense			Amortization Benefit		Total Amortization Expense
2017	$	(2,072	)	$	1,493	$	(579	)
2018	(1,599		)	923		(676		)
2019	(1,377		)	712		(665		)
2020	(1,197		)	541		(656		)
2021	(969		)	389		(580		)
Total	$	(7,214	)	$	4,058	$	(3,156	)

XML

Financing

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Financing

NOTE 5 – FINANCING

The following table identifies the amounts of the Company’s financing facilities, which were included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Revolving Credit Facility	$	—	$	—
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021(1), effective interest rate of 4.959%	496,758		495,951
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021(2), effective interest rate of 4.646%	298,679		298,396
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022(3), effective interest rate of 3.845%	297,868		297,535
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023(4), effective interest rate of 3.851%	298,355		$	298,136
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026(5), effective interest rate of 3.570%	$	495,359

⁽¹⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $1.4 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽²⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽³⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁴⁾  Net of unamortized discount of less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁵⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and debt issuance costs of $3.9 million as of December 31, 2016.

The following table identifies the principal maturities of the Company’s financing facilities as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	Scheduled Maturities
2017	$	—
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
2021	800,000
Thereafter	1,100,000
Total	$	1,900,000

Unsecured revolving credit facility:

On January 14, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of July 2, 2013, and as further amended by Amendment No. 3 dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $600 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A., which is scheduled to mature in July 2018. The Credit Agreement includes a $200 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. As described in the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company may, from time to time, subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $200 million.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, primarily to support obligations related to workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies, in the amounts of $38.7 million and $37.5 million, respectively, reducing the aggregate availability under the Revolving Credit Facility by those amounts. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility (other than swing line loans) bear interest, at the Company’s option, at the Base Rate or Eurodollar Rate (both as defined in the Credit Agreement) plus an applicable margin. Swing line loans made under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at the Base Rate plus the applicable margin for Base Rate loans. In addition, the Company pays a facility fee on the aggregate amount of the commitments in an amount equal to a percentage of such commitments. The interest rate margins and facility fee are based upon the better of the ratings assigned to the Company’s debt by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, subject to limited exceptions. As of December 31, 2016, based upon the Company’s credit ratings, its margin for Base Rate loans was 0.000%, its margin for Eurodollar Rate loans was 0.875% and its facility fee was 0.125%.

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.50 times and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 times. The consolidated leverage ratio includes a calculation of adjusted debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding stand-by letters of credit and similar instruments, six-times rent expense and excludes any premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt. The consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio includes a calculation of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Fixed charges include interest expense, capitalized interest and rent expense. In the event that the Company should default on any covenant contained within the Credit Agreement, certain actions may be taken, including, but not limited to, possible termination of commitments, immediate payment of outstanding principal amounts plus accrued interest and other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and litigation from lenders. As of December 31, 2016, the Company remained in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement.

Senior notes:

On March 8, 2016, the Company issued $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 (“3.550% Senior Notes due 2026”) at a price to the public of 99.832% of their face value under its shelf registration statement with United Missouri Bank, N.A. (“UMB”) as trustee. Interest on the 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year, which began with the first interest payment on September 15, 2016, and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

The Company has issued a cumulative $1.9 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes, which are due between January 2021 and March 2026 with UMB as trustee. Interest on the senior notes, ranging from 3.550% to 4.875%, is payable semi-annually and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.

The senior notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of the Company’s subsidiaries (“Subsidiary Guarantors”) that incurs or guarantees obligations under the Company’s Credit Agreement or under other credit facility or capital markets debt of the Company’s or any of the Company’s Subsidiary Guarantors. The guarantees are joint and several and full and unconditional, subject to certain customary automatic release provisions, including release of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee under the Company’s Credit Agreement and certain other debt, or, in certain circumstances, the sale or other disposition of a majority of the voting power of the capital interest in, or of all or substantially all of the property of, the Subsidiary Guarantor.  Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors is 100% owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, and the Company has no independent assets or operations other than those of its subsidiaries. The only direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company that would not be Subsidiary Guarantors would be minor subsidiaries. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiary Guarantors, is subject to any material or significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries, except as provided by applicable law. Each of the senior notes is subject to certain customary covenants, with which the Company complied as of December 31, 2016.

XML

Leasing

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Leases [Abstract]

Leasing

NOTE 6 – LEASING

The following table identifies the future minimum lease payments under all of the Company’s operating leases for each of the next five years and in the aggregate as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
	Related Parties		Non-Related Parties		Total
2017	$	4,634	$	271,544	$	276,178
2018	4,571		262,056		266,627
2019	3,099		244,564		247,663
2020	2,313		223,528		225,841
2021	1,846		200,411		202,257
Thereafter	5,546		1,032,556		1,038,102
Total	$	22,009	$	2,234,659	$	2,256,668

See Note 11 for further information concerning the Company’s related party operating leases.

Operating lease commitments:

The Company leases certain office space, retail stores, property and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. Most of these leases include renewal options and some include options to purchase, provisions for percentage rent based on sales and/or incremental step increase provisions.

The future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating leases, in the table above, do not include potential amounts for percentage rent or other operating lease related costs and have not been reduced by expected future minimum sublease income. Expected future minimum sublease income under non-cancelable subleases is approximately $20.5 million at December 31, 2016.

The following table summarizes the net rent expense amounts for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Minimum operating lease expense	$	273,559	$	263,479	$	254,565
Contingent rents	892		947		759
Other lease related occupancy costs	13,241		12,852		11,688
Total rent expense	287,692		277,278		267,012
Less: sublease income	4,439		4,019		3,984
Net rent expense	$	283,253	$	273,259	$	263,028

XML

Warranties

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Product Warranties Disclosures [Abstract]

Warranties

NOTE 7 – WARRANTIES

The Company’s product warranty liabilities are included in “Other current liabilities” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. The following table identifies the changes in the Company’s aggregate product warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	2016			2015
Warranty liabilities, balance at January 1,	$	35,223		$	34,226
Warranty claims	(73,925		)	(61,819		)
Warranty accruals	75,325			62,816
Warranty liabilities, balance at December 31,	$	36,623		$	35,223

XML

Share Repurchase Program

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Proceeds from (Repurchase of) Equity [Abstract]

Share repurchase program

NOTE 8 – SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAM

In January of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. The Company’s Board of Directors may increase or otherwise modify, renew, suspend or terminate the share repurchase program at any time, without prior notice. As announced on February 10, 2016, May 27, 2016, and November 16, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors each time approved a resolution to increase the authorization amount under the share repurchase program by an additional $750 million, resulting in a cumulative authorization amount of $7.8 billion. Each additional authorization is effective for a three-year period, beginning on its respective announcement date.

The following table identifies shares of the Company’s common stock that have been repurchased as part of the Company’s publicly announced share repurchase program (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015
Shares repurchased	5,698		4,901
Average price per share	$	264.21	$	231.81
Total investment	$	1,505,371	$	1,136,139

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $887.8 million remaining under its share repurchase program. Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, the Company repurchased an additional 1.4 million shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program, at an average price of $267.32, for a total investment of $387.5 million. The Company has repurchased a total of 58.4 million shares of its common stock under its share repurchase program since the inception of the program in January of 2011 and through February 28, 2017, at an average price of $124.14, for a total aggregate investment of $7.2 billion.

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Share-based compensation and benefit plans

NOTE 9 – SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION AND BENEFIT PLANS

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the grants, awards or shares at the time of the grant, award or issuance. Share-based compensation includes stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee incentive plans and director stock plan, restricted stock awarded under the Company’s employee incentive plans, performance incentive plan and director stock plan, stock issued through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and stock awarded to employees through other benefit programs.

The table below identifies the shares that have been authorized for issuance and the shares available for future issuance under the Company plans, as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2016
Plans	Total Shares Authorized for Issuance under the Plans	Shares Available for Future Issuance under the Plans
Employee Incentive Plans	34,000	6,086
Director Stock Plan	1,000	263
Performance Incentive Plan	650	388
Employee Stock Purchase Plans	4,250	710
Profit Sharing and Savings Plan	4,200	349

Stock options:

The Company’s employee incentive plans provide for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to certain key employees of the Company. Employee stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Employee stock options granted under the plans expire after ten years and typically vest 25% per year, over four years. The Company records compensation expense for the grant date fair value of the option awards, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, evenly over the minimum required service period.

The table below identifies the employee stock option activity under these plans during the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	3,291		$	81.04
Granted	308		267.00
Exercised	(751	)	62.81
Forfeited or expired	(59	)	144.91
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	2,789		$	105.11	5.1 Years	$	483,331
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	2,744		$	103.29	5.0 Years	$	480,582
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	2,027		$	65.45	3.9 Years	$	431,637

The Company’s director stock plan provides for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to directors of the Company. Director stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Director stock options granted under the plans expire after seven years and vest fully after six months. The Company records compensation expense for the grant date fair value of the option awards evenly over the vesting period.

The table below identifies the director stock option activity under this plan during the year ended December 31, 2016:

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	17		$	45.13
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(6	)	39.99
Forfeited	—		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires the use of assumptions, including the risk free rate, expected life, expected volatility and expected dividend yield.

• Risk-free interest rate – The United States Treasury rates in effect at the time the options are granted for the options’ expected life.

•

• Expected life – Represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical experience to estimate the expected life of options granted.

• Expected volatility – Measure of the amount, by which the Company’s stock price is expected to fluctuate, based on a historical trend.

• Expected dividend yield –The Company has not paid, nor does it have plans in the foreseeable future to pay, any dividends.

The table below identifies the weighted-average assumptions used for grants awarded during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

	December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Risk free interest rate	1.44	%	1.52	%	1.60	%
Expected life	5.5 Years		5.7 Years		5.3 Years
Expected volatility	22.3	%	22.3	%	24.3	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

The Company’s forfeiture rate is the estimated percentage of options awarded that are expected to be forfeited or canceled prior to becoming fully vested. The Company’s estimate is evaluated periodically and is based upon historical experience at the time of evaluation and reduces expense ratably over the vesting period or the minimum required service period.

The following table summarizes activity related to stock options awarded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for stock options awarded (in thousands)	$	15,404	$	18,209	$	18,705
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to stock options (in thousands)	5,753		6,811		6,923
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	157,115		169,248		147,236
Cash received from exercise of stock options (in thousands)	47,394		105,822		59,594
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options awarded	$	63.42	$	51.56	$	38.18
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options	3.9 Years		4.2 Years		4.6 Years

At December 31, 2016, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock option awards was $26.4 million, and the weighted-average period of time, over which this cost will be recognized, is 2.6 years.

Restricted stock:

The Company’s performance incentive plans provide for the award of shares of restricted stock to its corporate and senior management that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Generally, unvested shares are forfeited when an employee ceases employment. The fair value of shares awarded under these plans is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award and compensation expense is recorded over the minimum required service period.

The table below identifies the employee restricted stock activity under these plans during the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	128.27
Granted during the period	1		256.34
Vested during the period (1)	(5	)	140.91
Forfeited during the period	—		150.85
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	3		$	204.33

⁽¹⁾  Includes two thousand shares withheld to cover employees’ taxes upon vesting.

The Company’s director stock plan provides for the award of shares of restricted stock to the directors of the Company that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Unvested shares are forfeited when a director ceases their service on the Company’s Board of Directors for reasons other than death or retirement. The fair value of shares awarded under this plan is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award, and compensation expense is recorded evenly over the vesting period.

The table below identifies the director restricted stock activity under this plan during the year ended December 31, 2016 (in thousands, except per share data):

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	167.73
Granted during the period	2		268.54
Vested during the period	(3	)	149.49
Forfeited during the period	—		—
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	6		$	222.77

The following table summarizes activity related to restricted stock awarded by the Company for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for restricted shares awarded	$	1,293	$	1,625	$	2,621
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to restricted shares	$	483	$	610	$	970
Total fair value of restricted shares at vest date	$	2,384	$	3,284	$	3,749
Shares awarded under the plans	4		4		16
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares awarded under the plans	$	264.24	$	208.56	$	147.23

At December 31, 2016, the remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted share awards was $0.9 million, and the weighted-average period of time, over which this cost will be recognized, is 0.1 years.

Employee stock purchase plan:

The Company’s employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the fair market value. Employees may authorize the Company to withhold up to 5% of their annual salary to participate in the plan. The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP is based on the average of the high and low market prices of the Company’s common stock during the offering periods. Compensation expense is recognized based on the discount between the grant-date fair value and the employee purchase price for the shares sold to employees.

The following table summarizes activity related to the Company’s ESPP for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	2,162	$	2,065	$	1,769
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	807	$	773	$	655
Shares issued under the ESPP	54		60		77
Weighted-average price of shares issued under the ESPP	$	227.12	$	195.04	$	130.12

Profit sharing and savings plan:

The Company sponsors a contributory profit sharing and savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) that covers substantially all employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed one year of service. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 2% of each employee’s wages that are contributed and 25% of the next 4% of each employee’s wages that are contributed. An employee generally must be employed on December 31 to receive that year’s Company matching contribution, with the matching contribution funded annually at the beginning of the subsequent year following the year in which the matching contribution was earned. The Company may also make additional discretionary profit sharing contributions to the plan on an annual basis as determined by the Board of Directors. The Company did not make any discretionary contributions to the 401(k) Plan during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 or 2014. The Company expensed matching contributions under the 401(k) Plan in the amounts of $20.6 million, $18.5 million and $16.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

Nonqualified deferred compensation plan:

The Company sponsors a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) for highly compensated employees whose contributions to the 401(k) Plan are limited due to the application of the annual limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Deferred Compensation Plan provides these employees with the opportunity to defer the full 6% of matched compensation, including salary and incentive based compensation, that was precluded under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, which is then matched by the Company using the same formula as the 401(k) Plan. An employee generally must be employed on December 31 to receive that year’s Company matching contribution, with the matching contribution funded annually at the beginning of the subsequent year following the year in which the matching contribution was earned. In the event of bankruptcy, the assets of this plan are available to satisfy the claims of general creditors. The Company has an unsecured obligation to pay, in the future, the value of the deferred compensation and Company match, adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options chosen by each participant during the deferral period. The liability for compensation deferred under the Deferred Compensation Plan was $20.5 million and $16.9 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which were included as a component of “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company expensed matching contributions under the Deferred Compensation Plan in the amounts of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which were included as a component of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

XML

Commitments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS

Construction commitments:

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had construction commitments in the amount of $79.6 million.

Letters of credit commitments:

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had outstanding letters of credit, primarily to satisfy workers’ compensation, general liability and other insurance policies, in the amount of $38.7 million. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s letters of credit commitments.

Debt financing commitments:

The Company’s senior notes are redeemable in whole, at any time, or in part, from time to time, at the Company’s option upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice at a redemption price, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including the redemption date, equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount thereof or (ii) the sum of the present value of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the applicable Treasury Yield plus basis points identified in the indentures governing the notes. In addition, if at any time the Company undergoes a Change of Control Triggering Event, as defined in the indentures governing the notes, the holders may require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of their senior notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, but not including the repurchase date. See Note 5 for further information concerning the Company’s debt financing commitments.

Self-insurance reserves:

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for the potential liabilities for Team Member health care benefits, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and property loss. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure to this obligation.

XML

Related Parties

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related parties

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTIES

The Company leases certain land and buildings related to 75 of its O’Reilly Auto Parts stores under fifteen- or twenty-year operating lease agreements with entities, in which certain of the Company’s affiliated directors, or members of an affiliated director’s immediate family, and an executive officer of the Company are affiliated. Generally, these lease agreements provide for renewal options for an additional five years at the option of the Company and the lease agreements are periodically modified to further extend the lease term for specific stores under the agreements. Lease payments under these operating leases totaled $4.5 million, $4.5 million and $4.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company believes that the lease agreements with the affiliated entities are on terms comparable to those obtainable from third parties. See Note 6 for further information concerning the Company’s operating leases.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income taxes

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities:

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes, and also include the tax effect of carryforwards.

The following table identifies significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities included in “Deferred income taxes” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (in thousands):

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,686		$	2,492
Tax credits	9,363			11,747
Other accruals	153,955			151,635
Net operating losses	304			337
Other	19,870			19,051
Total deferred tax assets	186,178			185,262
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventories	76,694			82,313
Property and equipment	157,228			141,930
Other	42,422			40,791
Total deferred tax liabilities	276,344			265,034
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(90,166	)	$	(79,772	)

Provision for income taxes:

The following tables reconcile the amounts included in “Provision for income taxes” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2016
	Current		Deferred		Total
Federal income tax expense	$	540,090	$	7,558	$	547,648
State income tax expense	49,016		2,836		51,852
Net income tax expense	$	589,106	$	10,394	$	599,500

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2015
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense (benefit)	$	504,558	$	(21,973	)	$	482,585
State income tax expense (benefit)	47,242		(677		)	46,565
Net income tax expense (benefit)	$	551,800	$	(22,650	)	$	529,150

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2014
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense	$	399,271	$	5,987		$	405,258
State income tax expense (benefit)	43,242		(4,500		)	38,742
Net income tax expense	$	442,513	$	1,487		$	444,000

The following table outlines the reconciliation of the “Provision for income taxes” amounts included on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income to the amounts computed at the federal statutory rate for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Federal income taxes at statutory rate	$	573,020		$	511,128		$	427,764
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	35,285			32,137			25,320
Other items, net	(8,805		)	(14,115		)	(9,084		)
Total provision for income taxes	$	599,500		$	529,150		$	444,000

The excess tax benefit associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options has been included within “Additional paid-in capital” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had tax credit carryforwards available for state tax purposes, net of federal impact, in the amount of $9.4 million. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards available for state purposes in the amount of $9.8 million. The Company’s state net operating loss carryforwards generally expire in years ranging from 2022 to 2028, and the Company’s tax credits generally expire in 2024.

Unrecognized tax benefits:

The following table summarizes the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):

	2016			2015			2014
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at January 1,	$	36,928		$	49,598		$	50,459
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	6,116			5,405			4,665
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	—			995			—
Payments related to items settled with taxing authorities	(195		)	(4,012		)	(300		)
Reductions due to the lapse of statute of limitations and settlements	(8,051		)	(15,058		)	(5,226		)
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at December 31,	$	34,798		$	36,928		$	49,598

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded a reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, in the amounts of $40.6 million, $43.6 million and $58.4 million, respectively. All of the unrecognized tax benefits recorded as of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized, generally net of the federal tax effect of approximately $13.8 million. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company had accrued approximately $5.8 million, $6.7 million and $8.8 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions before the benefit of the deduction for interest on state and federal returns. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded tax expense related to an increase in its liability for interest and penalties in the amounts of $2.4 million, $2.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Although unrecognized tax benefits for individual tax positions may increase or decrease during 2017, the Company expects a reduction of $7.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits during the one-year period subsequent to December 31, 2016, resulting from settlement or expiration of the statute of limitations.

The Company’s United States federal income tax returns for tax years 2015 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS concluded an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated 2012 and 2013 federal income tax returns in the second quarter of 2015. The statute of limitations for the Company’s federal income tax returns for tax years 2012 and prior expired on September 15, 2016. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax return for 2013 will expire on September 15, 2017, unless otherwise extended. The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the Company’s consolidated returns for tax years 2014 and 2015. The Company’s state income tax returns remain subject to examination by various state authorities for tax years ranging from 2005 through 2015.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings per share

NOTE 13 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands, except per share data):

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Numerator (basic and diluted):
Net income	$	1,037,691	$	931,216	$	778,182
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic	95,447		99,965		104,262
Effect of stock options (1)	1,273		1,549		1,779
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution	96,720		101,514		106,041
Earnings per share:
Earnings per share-basic	$	10.87	$	9.32	$	7.46
Earnings per share-assuming dilution	$	10.73	$	9.17	$	7.34
Antidilutive potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share:
Stock options (1)	332		245		363
Weighted-average exercise price per share of antidilutive stock options (1)	$	265.77	$	216.29	$	151.65

⁽¹⁾  See Note 9 for further information concerning the terms of the Company’s share-based compensation plans.

Subsequent to the end of the year and through February 28, 2017, the Company repurchased 1.4 million shares of its common stock, at an average price of $267.32, for a total investment of $387.5 million.

XML

Legal Matters

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Loss Contingency [Abstract]

Legal matters

NOTE 14 – LEGAL MATTERS

As previously reported, the Company received a subpoena from the District Attorney of the County of Alameda, along with other environmental prosecutorial offices in the state of California, seeking documents and information related to the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous waste. On November 30, 2016, the Company through its affiliates, entered into a Stipulation for Entry of Final Judgment and Permanent Injunction, including certain injunctive and monetary relief within the previously established accruals.

As previously reported, on June 18, 2015, a jury in Greene County, Missouri returned an unfavorable verdict in a litigated contract dispute in the matter Meridian Creative Alliancevs. O’Reilly Automotive Stores, Inc. et. al. in the amount of $12.5 million. The Company strongly believes that the verdict was unjust and unsupported by the law and the underlying facts and, further, that there are several potential bases for reversal on appeal. The Company has vigorously challenged the verdict in the Court of Appeals. Following the matter being fully briefed by the parties, oral argument was held in the Court of Appeals on January 12, 2017. The Court currently has the matter under consideration. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had reserved $18.6 million with respect to this matter.

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Quarterly results (unaudited)

NOTE 15 – QUARTERLY RESULTS (Unaudited)

The following tables set forth certain quarterly unaudited operating data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The unaudited quarterly information includes all adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the information shown (in thousands, except per share data):

	Fiscal 2016
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	2,096,150	$	2,176,689	$	2,220,955	$	2,099,302
Gross profit	1,097,579		1,127,179		1,170,026		1,114,227
Operating income	418,626		425,061		447,809		407,710
Net income	255,374		257,794		278,493		246,030
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.63	$	2.69	$	2.93	$	2.62
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.59	$	2.65	$	2.90	$	2.59

	Fiscal 2015
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	1,901,903	$	2,035,518	$	2,080,201	$	1,949,052
Gross profit	986,959		1,058,791		1,089,254		1,027,639
Operating income	350,373		385,768		415,260		362,620
Net income	212,864		233,508		266,268		218,576
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.09	$	2.32	$	2.68	$	2.22
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.06	$	2.29	$	2.64	$	2.19

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

The unaudited operating data presented above should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the other financial information included therein.

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Schedule II - valuation and qualifying accounts

O’REILLY AUTOMOTIVE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions - Charged to Costs and Expenses		Additions - Charged to Other Accounts - Describe		Deductions -  Describe			Balance at End of Period
Sales and returns allowances:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	7,978	$	1,617	$	—	$	—		$	9,595
For the year ended December 31, 2015	6,855		1,123		—		—			7,978
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,500	$	355	$	—	$	—		$	6,855
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	9,637	$	9,587	$	—	$	7,184	(1)	$	12,040
For the year ended December 31, 2015	8,713		7,119		—		6,195		(1)	9,637
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,661	$	8,919	$	—	$	6,867	(1)	$	8,713

⁽¹⁾  Uncollectable accounts written off.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Policy Text Block [Abstract]

Nature of business

Nature of business:

O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. and its subsidiaries, collectively, “O’Reilly” or the “Company,” is a specialty retailer and supplier of automotive aftermarket parts. The Company’s stores carry an extensive product line, including new and remanufactured automotive hard parts, maintenance items and various automotive accessories. As of December 31, 2016, the Company owned and operated 4,829 stores in 47 states, servicing both do-it-yourself (“DIY”) and the professional service provider customers. The Company’s robust distribution system provides stores with same-day or overnight access to an extensive inventory of hard-to-find items not typically stocked in the stores of other auto parts retailers.

Segment reporting

Segment reporting:

The Company is managed and operated by a single management team reporting to the chief operating decision maker. O’Reilly stores have similar characteristics, including the nature of the products and services, the type and class of customers and the methods used to distribute products and provide service to its customers and, as a whole, make up a single operating segment. The Company does not prepare discrete financial information with respect to product lines, types of customers or geographic locations and as such has one reportable segment.

Principles of consolidation

Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

Use of estimates:

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents:

Cash equivalents include investments with maturities of 90 days or less on the date of purchase.

Accounts receivable

Accounts receivable:

The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of the Company’s customers to make required payments. The Company considers the following factors when determining if collection is reasonably assured: customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends and changes in customer payment terms. Allowances for doubtful accounts are determined based on historical experience and an evaluation of the current composition of accounts receivable. Amounts due to the Company from its Team Members are included as a component of accounts receivable. These amounts consist primarily of purchases of merchandise on Team Member accounts. Accounts receivable due from Team Members was approximately $1.2 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The Company grants credit to certain customers who meet the Company’s pre-established credit requirements. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to these receivables are limited because the Company’s customer base consists of a large number of small customers, spreading the credit risk across a broad base. The Company also controls this credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and accounts receivable and credit monitoring procedures. Generally, the Company does not require security when credit is granted to customers. Credit losses are provided for in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and have consistently been within management’s expectations.

Amounts receivable from suppliers

Amounts receivable from suppliers:

The Company receives concessions from its suppliers through a variety of programs and arrangements, including allowances for new stores and warranties, volume purchase rebates and co-operative advertising. Co-operative advertising allowances that are incremental to the Company’s advertising program, specific to a product or event and identifiable for accounting purposes are reported as a reduction of advertising expense in the period, in which the advertising occurred. All other supplier concessions are recognized as a reduction to the cost of sales. Amounts receivable from suppliers also includes amounts due to the Company for changeover merchandise and product returns. The Company regularly reviews supplier receivables for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s suppliers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.

Inventory

Inventory:

Inventory, which consists of automotive hard parts, maintenance items, accessories and tools, is stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory also includes capitalized costs related to procurement, warehousing and distribution centers (“DC”s). Cost has been determined using the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method, which more accurately matches costs with related revenues. Over time, as the Company’s merchandise inventory purchases have increased, the Company negotiated improved acquisition costs from its suppliers and the corresponding price deflation exhausted the Company’s LIFO reserve balance. The Company’s policy is to not write up the value of its inventory in excess of its replacement cost, and accordingly, the Company’s merchandise inventory has been effectively recorded at replacement cost since December 31, 2013.

Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments:

The Company uses the fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used to measure the fair value of certain of its financial instruments. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The Company uses the income and market approaches to determine the fair value of its assets and liabilities. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are set forth below:

• Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices in active markets included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.

• Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment:

Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of the assets. The lease term includes renewal options determined by management at lease inception, for which failure to execute renewal options would result in a substantial economic penalty to the Company. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the gain or loss, if any, is recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable.

Notes receivable

Notes receivable:

The Company had notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties in the amount of $17.3 million at December 31, 2015. The Company regularly reviews its notes receivable for collectability and assesses the need for a reserve for uncollectable amounts based on an evaluation of the Company’s borrowers’ financial positions and corresponding abilities to meet financial obligations.

Goodwill and other intangibles

Goodwill and other intangibles:

The accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015, include goodwill and other intangible assets recorded as the result of acquisitions. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of these assets might exceed their current fair values, rather than systematically amortizing goodwill against earnings. During 2016 and 2015, the goodwill impairment test included a quantitative assessment, which compared the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Company operates as a single reporting unit, and the Company determined that its fair value exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015; as such, no goodwill impairment adjustment was required as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Finite-lived intangibles are carried at cost and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method, generally over the estimated useful lives of the intangibles.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Impairment of long-lived assets:

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. When such an event occurs, the Company compares the sum of the undiscounted expected future cash flows of the asset (asset group) with the carrying amounts of the asset. If the undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company measures the amount of impairment loss as the amount, by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Valuation of investments

Valuation of investments:

The Company has an unsecured obligation to pay, in the future, the value of deferred compensation and a Company match relating to employee participation in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). See Note 9 for further information concerning the Company’s benefit plans. The future obligation is adjusted to reflect the performance, whether positive or negative, of selected investment measurement options, chosen by each participant. The Company invests in various marketable securities with the intention of selling these securities to fulfill its future obligations under the Deferred Compensation Plan. The investments in this plan were stated at fair value based on quoted market prices, were accounted for as trading securities and were included as a component of “Other assets, net” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Self-insurance reserves

Self-insurance reserves:

The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance mechanisms to provide for potential liabilities for Team Member health care benefits, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability, general liability and property loss. With the exception of certain Team Member health care benefit liabilities, employment related claims and litigation, certain commercial litigation and certain regulatory matters, the Company obtains third-party insurance coverage to limit its exposure. The Company estimates its self-insurance liabilities by considering a number of factors, including historical claims experience and trend-lines, projected medical and legal inflation, growth patterns and exposure forecasts.

Warranties

Warranties:

The Company offers warranties on certain merchandise it sells with warranty periods ranging from 30 days to limited lifetime warranties. The risk of loss arising from warranty claims is typically the obligation of the Company’s suppliers. Certain suppliers provide upfront allowances to the Company in lieu of accepting the obligation for warranty claims. For this merchandise, when sold, the Company bears the risk of loss associated with the cost of warranty claims. Differences between supplier allowances received by the Company, in lieu of warranty obligations and estimated warranty expense, are recorded as an adjustment to cost of sales. Estimated warranty costs, which are recorded as obligations at the time of sale, are based on the historical failure rate of each individual product line. The Company’s historical experience has been that failure rates are relatively consistent over time and that the ultimate cost of warranty claims to the Company has been driven by volume of units sold as opposed to fluctuations in failure rates or the variation of the cost of individual claims.

Litigation reserves

Litigation reserves:

O’Reilly is currently involved in litigation incidental to the ordinary conduct of the Company’s business. The Company records reserves for litigation losses in instances where a material adverse outcome is probable and the Company is able to reasonably estimate the probable loss. The Company reserves for an estimate of material legal costs to be incurred in pending litigation matters. Although the Company cannot ascertain the amount of liability that it may incur from any of these matters, it does not currently believe that, in the aggregate, these matters, taking into account applicable insurance and reserves, will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows in a particular quarter or annual period.

Share repurchases

Share repurchases:

In January of 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, repurchase shares of its common stock, solely through open market purchases effected through a broker dealer at prevailing market prices, based on a variety of factors such as price, corporate trading policy requirements and overall market conditions. All shares repurchased under the share repurchase program are retired and recorded under the par value method on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition:

Over-the-counter retail sales are recorded when the customer takes possession of the merchandise. Sales to professional service provider customers, also referred to as “commercial sales,” are recorded upon same-day delivery of the merchandise to the customer, generally at the customer’s place of business. Wholesale sales to other retailers, also referred to as “jobber sales,” are recorded upon shipment of the merchandise from a regional DC with same-day delivery to the jobber customer’s location. Internet retail sales are recorded when the merchandise is shipped or when the merchandise is picked up in a store. All sales are recorded net of estimated returns allowances, discounts and taxes.

The Company maintains a retail loyalty program named O’Reilly O’Rewards, designed to build brand recognition. The program allows a retail customer to enroll at no charge, does not impose a membership fee and provides members with the ability to earn loyalty points by making qualifying purchases at the Company’s stores. Upon reaching established thresholds, the members are automatically issued coupons, which expire 90 days after issuance, have no cash value and may be redeemed for most items in the Company’s stores with a total purchase price equal to or greater than the value of the coupon. Points accrued in a member’s account, which have not been awarded to the member with a coupon, expire 12 months after the date that they were earned. The Company records a deferred revenue liability, based on a breakage adjusted estimated redemption rate, and a corresponding reduction in revenue in periods when loyalty points are earned by members. The Company recognizes revenue and a corresponding reduction to the deferred revenue liability in periods when loyalty program issued coupons are redeemed by members.

Cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses

Cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses:

The following table illustrates the primary costs classified in each major expense category:

Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses	Selling, general and administrative expenses
Total cost of merchandise sold, including:	Payroll and benefit costs for store and corporate Team Members
Freight expenses associated with acquiring merchandise and with moving merchandise inventories from the Company’s distribution centers to the stores	Occupancy costs of store and corporate facilities
Defective merchandise and warranty costs	Depreciation and amortization related to store and corporate assets
Supplier allowances and incentives, including:	Vehicle expenses for store delivery services
Allowances that are not reimbursements for specific, incremental and identifiable costs	Self-insurance costs
Cash discounts on payments to suppliers	Closed store expenses
Costs associated with the Company’s supply chain, including:	Other administrative costs, including:
Payroll and benefit costs	Accounting, legal and other professional services
Warehouse occupancy costs	Bad debt, banking and credit card fees
Transportation costs	Supplies
Depreciation	Travel
Inventory shrinkage	Advertising costs

Operating leases

Operating leases:

The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease terms of its stores, DCs and corporate offices. Generally, the lease term for stores and corporate offices is the base lease term and the lease term for DCs includes the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods, for which renewal is reasonably assured and failure to exercise the renewal option would result in a significant economic penalty. The Company’s policy is to amortize leasehold improvements associated with the Company’s operating leases over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated economic life of those assets.

Advertising expenses

Advertising expenses:

Advertising expense consists primarily of expenses related to the Company’s integrated marketing program, which includes television, radio, direct mail and newspaper distribution, in-store and online promotions, and sports and event sponsorships. The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The Company also participates in cooperative advertising arrangements with certain of its suppliers.

Share-based compensation and benefit plans

Share-based compensation and benefit plans:

The Company sponsors employee share-based benefit plans and employee and director share-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the requisite service period for its share-based plans based on the fair value of the awards on the date of the grant, award or issuance. Share-based plans include stock option awards issued under the Company’s employee incentive plans and director stock plan, stock issued through the Company’s employee stock purchase plan and restricted stock awarded to employees and directors through other compensation plans.

Pre-opening expenses

Pre-opening expenses:

Costs associated with the opening of new stores, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are charged to “Selling, general and administrative expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Costs associated with the opening of new distribution centers, which consist primarily of payroll and occupancy costs, are included as a component of “Cost of goods sold, including warehouse and distribution expenses” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred.

Interest expense

Interest expense:

The Company capitalizes interest costs as a component of construction in progress, based on the weighted-average interest rates incurred on its long-term borrowings. Total interest costs capitalized for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, were $7.9 million, $7.4 million and $11.5 million, respectively, which were included in “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

In conjunction with the issuance or amendment of long-term debt instruments, the Company incurs various costs, including debt registration fees, accounting and legal fees and underwriter and book runner fees. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s long-term unsecured senior notes are recorded as a reduction of the principal amount of the corresponding unsecured senior notes. Debt issuance costs related to the Company’s unsecured revolving credit facility are recorded as an asset. These debt issuance costs have been deferred and are being amortized over the term of the corresponding debt instrument and the amortization expense is included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income. Deferred debt issuance costs totaled $10.6 million and $8.3 million, net of accumulated amortization, as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, of which $0.7 million and $1.2 million were included as a component of “Other assets, net” as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, with the remainder included in “Long-term debt” on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company issued its long-term unsecured senior notes at a discount. The original issuance discount on the senior notes is recorded as a reduction of the principal amount due for the corresponding senior notes and is accreted over the term of the applicable senior note, with the accretion expense included as a component of “Interest expense” on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

Income taxes

Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the GAAP basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rules and rates currently scheduled to be in effect for the year, in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax carry forwards are also recognized in deferred tax assets and liabilities under this method. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period of the enactment date. The Company would record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to the extent it is more likely than not the amount will not be realized, based upon evidence available at the time of the determination and any change in the valuation allowance is recorded in the period of a change in such determination.

The Company did not establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, as it was considered more likely than not that deferred tax assets were realizable through a combination of future taxable income, the realization of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies. The Company regularly reviews its potential tax liabilities for tax years subject to audit. The amount of such liabilities is based on various factors, such as differing interpretations of tax regulations by the responsible tax authority, experience with previous tax audits and applicable tax law rulings. Changes in the Company’s tax liability may occur in the future as its assessments change based on the progress of tax examinations in various jurisdictions and/or changes in tax regulations. In management’s opinion, adequate provisions for income taxes have been made for all years presented. The estimates of the Company’s potential tax liabilities contain uncertainties because management must use judgment to estimate the exposures associated with the Company’s various tax positions and actual results could differ from estimates.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share:

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the fiscal period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding plus the common stock equivalents associated with the potential impact of dilutive stock options. Certain common stock equivalents that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future were not included in the fully diluted computation because they would have been antidilutive. Generally, stock options are antidilutive and excluded from the earnings per share calculation when the exercise price exceeds the market price of the common shares.

New accounting pronouncements

New accounting pronouncements:

In May of 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). Under ASU 2014-09, an entity is required to follow a five-step process to determine the amount of revenue to recognize when promised goods or services are transferred to customers. ASU 2014-09 offers specific accounting guidance for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. In addition, an entity is required to disclose sufficient information to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In August of 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date” (“ASU 2015-14”), to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year. For public companies, ASU 2015-14 changes ASU 2014-09 to be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. These ASUs can be adopted retrospectively or as a cumulative-effective adjustment at the date of adoption, with early adoption allowed, but not before December 15, 2016. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on the Company’s recognition of customer related accounts receivable, warranty costs that are not the responsibility of the Company’s suppliers, the application of the Company’s retail O’Rewards loyalty program and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its evaluation of the impact or means of adoption.

In February of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, an entity will be required to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. For public companies, ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The Company has established a task force, composed of multiple functional groups inside of the Company, that is currently in the process of evaluating critical components of this new guidance and the potential impact of the guidance on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Based on the preliminary work completed, the Company is considering the potential implications of the new standard on determining the discount rate to be used in valuing new and existing leases, the treatment of existing favorable and unfavorable lease agreements acquired in connection with previous acquisitions, procedural and operational changes that may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the guidance and all applicable financial statement disclosures required by the new guidance, all of which are areas that could potentially be impacted by adoption of the guidance. At this time, the task force has not completed its full evaluation; however, the Company believes the adoption of the new guidance will have a material impact on the total assets and total liabilities reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments” (“ASU 2016-06”). ASU 2016-06 clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent call or put options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the debt hosts and requires entities to solely use the four-step decision sequence, which is already in existence, when assessing the embedded call or put options. For public companies, ASU 2016-06 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, and can be adopted on a modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In March of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting” (“ASU 2016-09”). Under ASU 2016-09, several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows, were simplified. For public companies, ASU 2016-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period, with early adoption permitted. ASU 2016-09 includes various adoption methods, depending on the guidance being adopted; amendments related to the timing of when excess tax benefits are recognized, minimum statutory withholding requirements and forfeitures should be applied using a modified retrospective transition method, while the amendments related to the presentation of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows should be applied retrospectively, the amendments requiring recognition of excess tax benefits and deficiencies in the income statement should be applied prospectively, and amendments related to the presentation of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flows should be applied either prospectively or retrospectively. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2017. The Company is in the process of evaluating the future impact this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows, as well as which method of adoption is most appropriate. At this time, the Company anticipates the adoption of the new guidance will prospectively impact its reported provision for income taxes, net income, weighted-average common shares outstanding - assuming dilution and earnings per share - assuming dilution, as well as retrospectively and prospectively impact the Company’s reported net cash provided by/used in operating activities and net cash provided by/used in financing activities.

In June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). Under ASU 2016-13, businesses and other organizations are required to present financial assets, measured at amortized costs basis, at the net amount expected to be collected. The allowance for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis, such as trade receivables. The measurement of expected credit loss will be based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectibility of the reported amount. For public companies, ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2020. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In August of 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)” (“ASU 2016-15”). ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice for eight specific parts on cash flow statement presentation and classification: debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments; contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance (COLI) policies; distributions received from equity method investments; beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. For public companies, ASU 2016-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business” (“ASU 2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 revises the definition of a business in the Accounting Standards Codification and clarifies the guidance for determining whether the purchase or disposal of an asset or group of assets qualifies as the purchase or disposal of a business. For public companies, ASU 2017-01 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption permitted with certain conditions. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2018. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

In January of 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates the second step in the previous process for goodwill impairment testing; instead the test is now a one-step process that calls for goodwill impairment loss to be measured as the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. For public companies, ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within that reporting period, and requires prospective adoption, with early adoption after January 1, 2017. The Company will adopt this guidance beginning with its first quarter ending March 31, 2019. The application of this new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Policy Text Block [Abstract]

Components of self-insurance reserves

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted)	$	138,687	$	141,173
Self-insurance reserves (discounted)	129,437		131,990

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Abstract]

Valuation of marketable securities

	December 31, 2016
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	20,462	$	—	$	—	$	20,462

	December 31, 2015
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Instruments (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
Marketable securities	$	16,895	$	—	$	—	$	16,895

Valuation of senior notes

	December 31, 2016				December 31, 2015
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021	$	496,758	$	538,678	$	495,951	$	542,078
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021	298,679		321,633		298,396		319,620
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022	297,868		310,802		297,535		303,595
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023	298,355		307,860		$	298,136	$	302,468
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026	$	495,359	$	498,537

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property and equipment, including original useful lives

	Original Useful Lives	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Land		$	648,689	$	590,244
Buildings and building improvements	15 – 39 years	1,805,347		1,603,389
Leasehold improvements	3 – 25 years	593,785		554,198
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	3 – 20 years	1,215,929		1,108,127
Vehicles	5 – 10 years	359,362		313,401
Construction in progress		209,230		202,891
Total property and equipment		4,832,342		4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,708,911		1,510,694
Net property and equipment		$	3,123,431	$	2,861,556

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Change in goodwill

	2016		2015
Goodwill, balance at January 1,	$	757,142	$	756,384
Change in goodwill	28,257		758
Goodwill, balance at December 31,	$	785,399	$	757,142

Amortizable intangibles

	Cost of Amortizable Intangibles				Accumulated Amortization (Expense) Benefit						Net Amortizable Intangibles
	December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015		December 31, 2016			December 31, 2015			December 31, 2016		December 31, 2015
Amortizable intangible assets:
Favorable leases	$	27,960	$	32,070	$	(18,104	)	$	(19,991	)	$	9,856	$	12,079
Non-compete agreements	1,887		732		(414		)	(409		)	1,473		323
Total amortizable intangible assets	$	29,847	$	32,802	$	(18,518	)	$	(20,400	)	$	11,329	$	12,402
Unfavorable leases	$	19,950	$	28,580	$	15,840		$	22,415		$	4,110	$	6,165

Estimated net amortization of intangibles

	December 31, 2016
	Amortization Expense			Amortization Benefit		Total Amortization Expense
2017	$	(2,072	)	$	1,493	$	(579	)
2018	(1,599		)	923		(676		)
2019	(1,377		)	712		(665		)
2020	(1,197		)	541		(656		)
2021	(969		)	389		(580		)
Total	$	(7,214	)	$	4,058	$	(3,156	)

XML

Financing (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Outstanding financing facilities

	December 31,
	2016		2015
Revolving Credit Facility	$	—	$	—
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021(1), effective interest rate of 4.959%	496,758		495,951
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021(2), effective interest rate of 4.646%	298,679		298,396
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022(3), effective interest rate of 3.845%	297,868		297,535
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023(4), effective interest rate of 3.851%	298,355		$	298,136
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026(5), effective interest rate of 3.570%	$	495,359

⁽¹⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $1.4 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽²⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽³⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁴⁾  Net of unamortized discount of less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

⁽⁵⁾  Net of unamortized discount of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and debt issuance costs of $3.9 million as of December 31, 2016.

Principle maturities of financing facilities

	Scheduled Maturities
2017	$	—
2018	—
2019	—
2020	—
2021	800,000
Thereafter	1,100,000
Total	$	1,900,000

XML

Leasing (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Leases [Abstract]

Future minimum lease payments for operating leases

	December 31, 2016
	Related Parties		Non-Related Parties		Total
2017	$	4,634	$	271,544	$	276,178
2018	4,571		262,056		266,627
2019	3,099		244,564		247,663
2020	2,313		223,528		225,841
2021	1,846		200,411		202,257
Thereafter	5,546		1,032,556		1,038,102
Total	$	22,009	$	2,234,659	$	2,256,668

Schedule of net rent expense

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Minimum operating lease expense	$	273,559	$	263,479	$	254,565
Contingent rents	892		947		759
Other lease related occupancy costs	13,241		12,852		11,688
Total rent expense	287,692		277,278		267,012
Less: sublease income	4,439		4,019		3,984
Net rent expense	$	283,253	$	273,259	$	263,028

XML

Warranties (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Product Warranties Disclosures [Abstract]

Product warranty liabilities

	2016			2015
Warranty liabilities, balance at January 1,	$	35,223		$	34,226
Warranty claims	(73,925		)	(61,819		)
Warranty accruals	75,325			62,816
Warranty liabilities, balance at December 31,	$	36,623		$	35,223

XML

Share Repurchase Program (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Proceeds from (Repurchase of) Equity [Abstract]

Schedule of shares repurchased

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015
Shares repurchased	5,698		4,901
Average price per share	$	264.21	$	231.81
Total investment	$	1,505,371	$	1,136,139

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of shares authorized and available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans

	December 31, 2016
Plans	Total Shares Authorized for Issuance under the Plans	Shares Available for Future Issuance under the Plans
Employee Incentive Plans	34,000	6,086
Director Stock Plan	1,000	263
Performance Incentive Plan	650	388
Employee Stock Purchase Plans	4,250	710
Profit Sharing and Savings Plan	4,200	349

Restricted stock [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of activity of share-based compensation and benefit plans

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for restricted shares awarded	$	1,293	$	1,625	$	2,621
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to restricted shares	$	483	$	610	$	970
Total fair value of restricted shares at vest date	$	2,384	$	3,284	$	3,749
Shares awarded under the plans	4		4		16
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares awarded under the plans	$	264.24	$	208.56	$	147.23

Employee stock purchase plan [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of ESPP plan activity

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	2,162	$	2,065	$	1,769
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$	807	$	773	$	655
Shares issued under the ESPP	54		60		77
Weighted-average price of shares issued under the ESPP	$	227.12	$	195.04	$	130.12

Employee [Member] | Restricted stock [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of restricted stock

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	128.27
Granted during the period	1		256.34
Vested during the period (1)	(5	)	140.91
Forfeited during the period	—		150.85
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	3		$	204.33

⁽¹⁾  Includes two thousand shares withheld to cover employees’ taxes upon vesting.

Director [Member] | Restricted stock [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of restricted stock

	Shares		Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2015	7		$	167.73
Granted during the period	2		268.54
Vested during the period	(3	)	149.49
Forfeited during the period	—		—
Non-vested at December 31, 2016	6		$	222.77

Stock option [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Black-Scholes option pricing model

	December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Risk free interest rate	1.44	%	1.52	%	1.60	%
Expected life	5.5 Years		5.7 Years		5.3 Years
Expected volatility	22.3	%	22.3	%	24.3	%
Expected dividend yield	—	%	—	%	—	%

Summary of activity of share-based compensation and benefit plans

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Compensation expense for stock options awarded (in thousands)	$	15,404	$	18,209	$	18,705
Income tax benefit from compensation expense related to stock options (in thousands)	5,753		6,811		6,923
Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised (in thousands)	157,115		169,248		147,236
Cash received from exercise of stock options (in thousands)	47,394		105,822		59,594
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options awarded	$	63.42	$	51.56	$	38.18
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of exercisable options	3.9 Years		4.2 Years		4.6 Years

Stock option [Member] | Employee stock option [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of stock options

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	3,291		$	81.04
Granted	308		267.00
Exercised	(751	)	62.81
Forfeited or expired	(59	)	144.91
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	2,789		$	105.11	5.1 Years	$	483,331
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	2,744		$	103.29	5.0 Years	$	480,582
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	2,027		$	65.45	3.9 Years	$	431,637

Stock option [Member] | Director [Member]

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans

Summary of stock options

	Shares (in thousands)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Average Remaining Contractual Terms	Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	17		$	45.13
Granted	—		—
Exercised	(6	)	39.99
Forfeited	—		—
Outstanding at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416
Exercisable at December 31, 2016	11		$	48.31	0.3 Years	$	2,416

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of deferred tax assets and liabilities

	December 31,
	2016			2015
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$	2,686		$	2,492
Tax credits	9,363			11,747
Other accruals	153,955			151,635
Net operating losses	304			337
Other	19,870			19,051
Total deferred tax assets	186,178			185,262
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventories	76,694			82,313
Property and equipment	157,228			141,930
Other	42,422			40,791
Total deferred tax liabilities	276,344			265,034
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(90,166	)	$	(79,772	)

Schedule of components of the provision for income taxes

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2016
	Current		Deferred		Total
Federal income tax expense	$	540,090	$	7,558	$	547,648
State income tax expense	49,016		2,836		51,852
Net income tax expense	$	589,106	$	10,394	$	599,500

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2015
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense (benefit)	$	504,558	$	(21,973	)	$	482,585
State income tax expense (benefit)	47,242		(677		)	46,565
Net income tax expense (benefit)	$	551,800	$	(22,650	)	$	529,150

	For the Year Ended   December 31, 2014
	Current		Deferred			Total
Federal income tax expense	$	399,271	$	5,987		$	405,258
State income tax expense (benefit)	43,242		(4,500		)	38,742
Net income tax expense	$	442,513	$	1,487		$	444,000

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes to the amounts computed at the federal statutory rate

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016			2015			2014
Federal income taxes at statutory rate	$	573,020		$	511,128		$	427,764
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	35,285			32,137			25,320
Other items, net	(8,805		)	(14,115		)	(9,084		)
Total provision for income taxes	$	599,500		$	529,150		$	444,000

Summary of changes in gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties

	2016			2015			2014
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at January 1,	$	36,928		$	49,598		$	50,459
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	6,116			5,405			4,665
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	—			995			—
Payments related to items settled with taxing authorities	(195		)	(4,012		)	(300		)
Reductions due to the lapse of statute of limitations and settlements	(8,051		)	(15,058		)	(5,226		)
Unrealized tax benefit, balance at December 31,	$	34,798		$	36,928		$	49,598

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Computation of basic and diluted earnings per share

	For the Year Ended   December 31,
	2016		2015		2014
Numerator (basic and diluted):
Net income	$	1,037,691	$	931,216	$	778,182
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic	95,447		99,965		104,262
Effect of stock options (1)	1,273		1,549		1,779
Weighted-average common shares outstanding – assuming dilution	96,720		101,514		106,041
Earnings per share:
Earnings per share-basic	$	10.87	$	9.32	$	7.46
Earnings per share-assuming dilution	$	10.73	$	9.17	$	7.34
Antidilutive potential common shares not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share:
Stock options (1)	332		245		363
Weighted-average exercise price per share of antidilutive stock options (1)	$	265.77	$	216.29	$	151.65

⁽¹⁾  See Note 9 for further information concerning the terms of the Company’s share-based compensation plans.

XML

Quarterly Results (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Quarterly operating data (unaudited)

	Fiscal 2016
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	2,096,150	$	2,176,689	$	2,220,955	$	2,099,302
Gross profit	1,097,579		1,127,179		1,170,026		1,114,227
Operating income	418,626		425,061		447,809		407,710
Net income	255,374		257,794		278,493		246,030
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.63	$	2.69	$	2.93	$	2.62
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.59	$	2.65	$	2.90	$	2.59

	Fiscal 2015
	First Quarter		Second Quarter		Third Quarter		Fourth Quarter
Sales	$	1,901,903	$	2,035,518	$	2,080,201	$	1,949,052
Gross profit	986,959		1,058,791		1,089,254		1,027,639
Operating income	350,373		385,768		415,260		362,620
Net income	212,864		233,508		266,268		218,576
Earnings per share – basic (1)	$	2.09	$	2.32	$	2.68	$	2.22
Earnings per share – assuming dilution (1)	$	2.06	$	2.29	$	2.64	$	2.19

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2016

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts [Abstract]

Valuation and qualifying accounts

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Additions - Charged to Costs and Expenses		Additions - Charged to Other Accounts - Describe		Deductions -  Describe			Balance at End of Period
Sales and returns allowances:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	7,978	$	1,617	$	—	$	—		$	9,595
For the year ended December 31, 2015	6,855		1,123		—		—			7,978
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,500	$	355	$	—	$	—		$	6,855
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
For the year ended December 31, 2016	$	9,637	$	9,587	$	—	$	7,184	(1)	$	12,040
For the year ended December 31, 2015	8,713		7,119		—		6,195		(1)	9,637
For the year ended December 31, 2014	$	6,661	$	8,919	$	—	$	6,867	(1)	$	8,713

⁽¹⁾  Uncollectable accounts written off.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($) stores states	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Summary of significant accounting policies
Number of stores | stores	4,829
Number of states, in which the Company operates | states	47
Accounts receivable due from employees to the Company	$ 1,200	$ 1,100
Allowance for doubtful supplier receivables	0	0
Replacement cost of inventory	2,780,000	2,630,000
LIFO inventory value in excess of replacement cost of inventory	132,000	85,900
Notes receivable from suppliers and other third parties		17,300
Reserve for uncollectable notes receivables		0
Goodwill impairment	0	0
Impairment of long-lived assets	0	0
Self-insurance reserves, current	67,921	72,741
Advertising expense, net	83,000	79,300	$ 79,000
Total interest costs capitalized	7,900	7,400	$ 11,500
Deferred debt issuance costs, net of amortization	10,600	8,300
Original issuance discounts, net of accretion	3,100	2,900
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	0	0
Other assets, net [Member]
Summary of significant accounting policies
Deferred debt issuance costs, net of amortization	700	1,200
Loyalty program [Member]
Summary of significant accounting policies
Deferred revenue, loyalty program	4,800	7,200
Deferred revenue recognized, loyalty program	$ 12,700	$ 11,200

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Components of Self-Insurance Reserves) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Policy Text Block [Abstract]
Self-insurance reserves (undiscounted)	$ 138,687	$ 141,173
Self-insurance reserves (discounted)	$ 129,437	$ 131,990

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Abstract]
Increase (decrease) in fair value of marketable securities	$ 1,900	$ (200)
Non-financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Fair Value of Marketable Securities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of marketable securities	$ 20,462	$ 16,895
Fair value, inputs, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of marketable securities	20,462	16,895
Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of marketable securities	0	0
Fair value, inputs, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of marketable securities	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Fair Value of Senior Notes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Carrying amount of senior notes	[1]	$ 496,758	$ 495,951
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member] | Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of senior notes		538,678	542,078
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Carrying amount of senior notes	[2]	298,679	298,396
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member] | Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of senior notes		321,633	319,620
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Carrying amount of senior notes	[3]	297,868	297,535
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022 [Member] | Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of senior notes		310,802	303,595
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Carrying amount of senior notes	[4]	298,355	298,136
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023 [Member] | Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of senior notes		307,860	$ 302,468
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Carrying amount of senior notes	[5]	495,359
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 [Member] | Fair value, inputs, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value Measurements
Estimated fair value of senior notes		$ 498,537

[1] Net of unamortized discount of $1.4 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[2] Net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[3] Net of unamortized discount of $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[4] Net of unamortized discount of less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[5] Net of unamortized discount of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and debt issuance costs of $3.9 million as of December 31, 2016.

XML

Property and Equipment (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Property and Equipment
Depreciation and amortization expense	$ 217,866	$ 210,256	$ 194,205
Property and equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment
Depreciation and amortization expense	$ 217,000	$ 203,400	$ 193,400

XML

Property and Equipment (Property and Equipment, Including Original Useful Lives) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 4,832,342	$ 4,372,250
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	1,708,911	1,510,694
Net property and equipment	3,123,431	2,861,556
Land [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	648,689	590,244
Buildings and building improvements [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 1,805,347	1,603,389
Buildings and building improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	15 years
Buildings and building improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	39 years
Leasehold improvements [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 593,785	554,198
Leasehold improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	3 years
Leasehold improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	25 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 1,215,929	1,108,127
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	3 years
Furniture, fixtures and equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	20 years
Vehicles [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 359,362	313,401
Vehicles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	5 years
Vehicles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, useful lives	10 years
Construction in Progress [Member]
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment	$ 209,230	$ 202,891

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Increase in Goodwill	$ 28,257	$ 758
Goodwill impairment	0	0
Increase in non-compete agreements	1,100	200
Indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill	0	0
Amortization expense of amortizable intangible assets	$ 2,100	2,700	$ 3,900
Favorable Leases [Member]
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Weighted-average remaining useful life of favorable leases	8 years 11 months 19 days
Unfavorable Leases [Member]
Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Weighted-average remaining useful life of unfavorable leases	3 years 8 months 26 days
Amortization benefit of unfavorable operating leases	$ 2,100	$ 2,800	$ 3,700

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Changes in Net Goodwill) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
Goodwill, beginning balance	$ 757,142	$ 756,384
Change in goodwill	28,257	758
Goodwill, ending balance	$ 785,399	$ 757,142

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Amortizable Intangibles) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Amortizable Intangibles
Amortizable intangible assets, cost	$ 29,847	$ 32,802
Amortizable intangible assets, accumulated amortization expense	(18,518)	(20,400)
Net amortizable intangible assets	11,329	12,402
Favorable Leases [Member]
Amortizable Intangibles
Amortizable intangible assets, cost	27,960	32,070
Amortizable intangible assets, accumulated amortization expense	(18,104)	(19,991)
Net amortizable intangible assets	9,856	12,079
Non-compete Agreements [Member]
Amortizable Intangibles
Amortizable intangible assets, cost	1,887	732
Amortizable intangible assets, accumulated amortization expense	(414)	(409)
Net amortizable intangible assets	1,473	323
Unfavorable Leases [Member]
Amortizable Intangibles
Amortizable intangibles, cost	19,950	28,580
Amortizable intangibles, accumulated amortization benefit	15,840	22,415
Net amortizable intangibles	$ 4,110	$ 6,165

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangibles (Estimated Amortization of Intangibles) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]
2017 amortization expense	$ (2,072)
2018 amortization expense	(1,599)
2019 amortization expense	(1,377)
2020 amortization expense	(1,197)
2021 amortization expense	(969)
Total amortization expense	(7,214)
2017 amortization benefit	1,493
2018 amortization benefit	923
2019 amortization benefit	712
2020 amortization benefit	541
2021 amortization benefit	389
Total amortization benefit	4,058
2017 amortization, net	(579)
2018 amortization, net	(676)
2019 amortization, net	(665)
2020 amortization, net	(656)
2021 amortization, net	(580)
Total amortization, net	$ (3,156)

XML

Financing (Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility) (Narrative) (Details) - Line of credit facility [Member] - Unsecured debt [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Credit agreement description	On January 14, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 9, 2011, as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of July 2, 2013, and as further amended by Amendment No. 3 dated as of June 18, 2015 (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $600 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) arranged by Bank of America, N.A., which is scheduled to mature in July 2018. The Credit Agreement includes a $200 million sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit and a $75 million sub-limit for swing line borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. As described in the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company may, from time to time, subject to certain conditions, increase the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility by up to $200 million.
Credit agreement inception date	Jan. 14, 2011
Current maximum borrowing capacity under credit facility	$ 600.0
Line of credit facility expiration date	Jul. 02, 2018
Maximum aggregate increase to credit facility allowable	$ 200.0
Letters of credit	38.7	$ 37.5
Outstanding borrowings under credit facility	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Covenant description for debt instrument	The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.50 times and a maximum consolidated leverage ratio of 3.00 times. The consolidated leverage ratio includes a calculation of adjusted debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Adjusted debt includes outstanding debt, outstanding stand-by letters of credit and similar instruments, six-times rent expense and excludes any premium or discount recorded in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt. The consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio includes a calculation of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, rent and non-cash share-based compensation expense. Fixed charges include interest expense, capitalized interest and rent expense. In the event that the Company should default on any covenant contained within the Credit Agreement, certain actions may be taken, including, but not limited to, possible termination of commitments, immediate payment of outstanding principal amounts plus accrued interest and other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and litigation from lenders.
Line of credit facility fee percentage	0.125%
Line of credit facility covenant compliance	As of December 31, 2016, the Company remained in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement.
Spread over Base rate [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Line of credit current interest rate	0.00%
Spread over Eurodollar rate [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Line of credit current interest rate	0.875%
Through maturity [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Minimum debt instrument consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio covenant	250.00%
Maximum debt instrument consolidated leverage ratio covenant	300.00%
Amendment one [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Credit agreement amendment date	Sep. 09, 2011
Amendment two [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Credit agreement amendment date	Jul. 02, 2013
Amendment three [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Credit agreement amendment date	Jun. 18, 2015
Letter of credit [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Line of credit facility sublimit	$ 200.0
Swing line revolver [Member]
Unsecured Revolving Credit Facility
Line of credit facility sublimit	$ 75.0

XML

Financing (Senior Notes) (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 08, 2016 USD ($) d Rate	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($) d Rate
Financing
Unsecured senior notes description		The Company has issued a cumulative $1.9 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes, which are due between January 2021 and March 2026 with UMB as trustee. Interest on the senior notes, ranging from 3.550% to 4.875%, is payable semi-annually and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year.
Aggregate principle of unsecured senior notes | $		$ 1,900
Maturity date range, minimum		Jan. 14, 2021
Maturity date range, maximum		Mar. 08, 2026
Number of days in annual interest calculation period | d		360
Debt instrument covenant description		Each of the senior notes is subject to certain customary covenants, with which the Company complied as of December 31, 2016.
Minimum [Member]
Financing
Interest rate of senior notes		3.55%
Maximum [Member]
Financing
Interest rate of senior notes		4.875%
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 [Member]
Financing
Issuance date of senior notes	Mar. 08, 2016
Face amount of senior notes | $	$ 500
Percentage of face value of debt instrument	99.832%
Interest rate of senior notes	3.55%
Number of days in annual interest calculation period | d	360

XML

Financing (Outstanding Financing Facilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Financing
Revolving Credit Facility		$ 0	$ 0
Senior notes, unamortized discount		3,100	2,900
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		10,600	8,300
$500 million, 4.875% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member]
Financing
Senior notes	[1]	496,758	495,951
Senior notes, unamortized discount		1,400	1,800
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		$ 1,800	2,300
Senior notes, effective interest rate		4.959%
$300 million, 4.625% Senior Notes due 2021 [Member]
Financing
Senior notes	[2]	$ 298,679	298,396
Senior notes, unamortized discount		200	300
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		$ 1,100	1,300
Senior notes, effective interest rate		4.646%
$300 million, 3.800% Senior Notes due 2022 [Member]
Financing
Senior notes	[3]	$ 297,868	297,535
Senior notes, unamortized discount		700	800
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		$ 1,500	1,700
Senior notes, effective interest rate		3.845%
$300 million, 3.850% Senior Notes due 2023 [Member]
Financing
Senior notes	[4]	$ 298,355	298,136
Senior notes, unamortized discount		100	100
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		$ 1,600	$ 1,800
Senior notes, effective interest rate		3.851%
$500 million, 3.550% Senior Notes due 2026 [Member]
Financing
Senior notes	[5]	$ 495,359
Senior notes, unamortized discount		800
Senior notes, unamortized debt issuance costs		$ 3,900
Senior notes, effective interest rate		3.57%

[1] Net of unamortized discount of $1.4 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.8 million and $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[2] Net of unamortized discount of $0.2 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[3] Net of unamortized discount of $0.7 million and $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and debt issuance costs of $1.5 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[4] Net of unamortized discount of less than $0.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and $1.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

[5] Net of unamortized discount of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and debt issuance costs of $3.9 million as of December 31, 2016.

XML

Financing Financing (Principal Maturities of Financing Facilities) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Maturities of Long-term Debt [Abstract]
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled within 2017	$ 0
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled within 2018	0
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled within 2019	0
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled within 2020	0
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled within 2021	800,000
Principal maturities of financing facilities scheduled thereafter	1,100,000
Total principal maturities of financing facilities	$ 1,900,000

XML

Leasing (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Leases [Abstract]
Description of lessee leasing arrangements, operating lease commitments	The Company leases certain office space, retail stores, property and equipment under long-term, non-cancelable operating leases. Most of these leases include renewal options and some include options to purchase, provisions for percentage rent based on sales and/or incremental step increase provisions.
Future minimum sublease income under non-cancelable subleases	$ 20.5

XML

Leasing (Future Minimum Lease Payments for Operating Leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Leases
Minimum lease payment within 2017	$ 276,178
Minimum lease payment within 2018	266,627
Minimum lease payment within 2019	247,663
Minimum lease payment within 2020	225,841
Minimum lease payment within 2021	202,257
Minimum lease payment thereafter	1,038,102
Total minimum lease payment	2,256,668
Related parties [Member]
Leases
Minimum lease payment within 2017	4,634
Minimum lease payment within 2018	4,571
Minimum lease payment within 2019	3,099
Minimum lease payment within 2020	2,313
Minimum lease payment within 2021	1,846
Minimum lease payment thereafter	5,546
Total minimum lease payment	22,009
Non-related parties [Member]
Leases
Minimum lease payment within 2017	271,544
Minimum lease payment within 2018	262,056
Minimum lease payment within 2019	244,564
Minimum lease payment within 2020	223,528
Minimum lease payment within 2021	200,411
Minimum lease payment thereafter	1,032,556
Total minimum lease payment	$ 2,234,659

XML

Leasing (Net Rent Expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Operating Leases, Rent Expense, Net [Abstract]
Minimum operating lease expense	$ 273,559	$ 263,479	$ 254,565
Contingent rents	892	947	759
Other lease related occupancy costs	13,241	12,852	11,688
Total rent expense	287,692	277,278	267,012
Less: sublease income	4,439	4,019	3,984
Net rent expense	$ 283,253	$ 273,259	$ 263,028

XML

Warranties (Product Warranty Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Product Warranties Disclosures [Abstract]
Warranty liabilities, beginning balance	$ 35,223	$ 34,226
Warranty claims	(73,925)	(61,819)
Warranty accruals	75,325	62,816
Warranty liabilities, ending balance	$ 36,623	$ 35,223

XML

Share Repurchase Program (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands				2 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		74 Months Ended
	Nov. 16, 2016	May 27, 2016	Feb. 10, 2016	Feb. 28, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Feb. 28, 2017
Share Repurchase Program
Increase in authorized amount	$ 750,000	$ 750,000	$ 750,000
Cumulative authorized amount	$ 7,800,000
Authorization effective period	3 years	3 years	3 years
Remaining balance under share repurchase program					$ 887,800
Common stock repurchased, shares					5,698	4,901
Common stock repurchased, average price per share					$ 264.21	$ 231.81
Common stock repurchased, value					$ 1,505,371	$ 1,136,139
Subsequent event [Member]
Share Repurchase Program
Common stock repurchased, shares				1,400			58,400
Common stock repurchased, average price per share				$ 267.32			$ 124.14
Common stock repurchased, value				$ 387,500			$ 7,200,000

XML

Share Repurchase Program (Schedule Of Shares Repurchased) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Proceeds from (Repurchase of) Equity [Abstract]
Shares repurchased	5,698	4,901
Average price per share	$ 264.21	$ 231.81
Total investment	$ 1,505,371	$ 1,136,139

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Stock Option) (Narrative) (Details) - Stock option [Member] $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($) Rate
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Remaining unrecognized compensation expense | $	$ 26.4
Weighted-average period for cost recognition	2 years 7 months 22 days
Employee stock option [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Vesting of options, description	The Company’s employee incentive plans provide for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to certain key employees of the Company. Employee stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
Options expiration date	10 years
Options vesting period	4 years
Option vesting rate per year | Rate	25.00%
Director [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Vesting of options, description	The Company’s director stock plan provides for the granting of stock options for the purchase of common stock of the Company to directors of the Company. Director stock options are granted at an exercise price that is equal to the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
Options expiration date	7 years
Options vesting period	6 months

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Restricted Stock) (Narrative) (Details) - Restricted stock [Member] $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Remaining unrecognized compensation expense	$ 0.9
Weighted-average period for cost recognition	1 month 22 days
Employee [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Restricted stock awards plan description	The Company’s performance incentive plans provide for the award of shares of restricted stock to its corporate and senior management that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Generally, unvested shares are forfeited when an employee ceases employment. The fair value of shares awarded under these plans is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award and compensation expense is recorded over the minimum required service period.
Director [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Restricted stock awards plan description	The Company’s director stock plan provides for the award of shares of restricted stock to the directors of the Company that vest evenly over a three-year period and are held in escrow until such vesting has occurred. Unvested shares are forfeited when a director ceases their service on the Company’s Board of Directors for reasons other than death or retirement. The fair value of shares awarded under this plan is based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of award, and compensation expense is recorded evenly over the vesting period.

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Employee Stock Purchase Plan) (Narrative) (Details) - Employee stock purchase plan [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 Rate
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Other employee benefit plan descriptions	The Company’s employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) permits eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at 85% of the fair market value. Employees may authorize the Company to withhold up to 5% of their annual salary to participate in the plan.
Employee stock purchase plan stock purchase percentage	85.00%

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Profit Sharing and Savings Plan) (Narrative) (Detail) - Profit sharing and savings plan [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Profit sharing and savings plan, description	The Company sponsors a contributory profit sharing and savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) that covers substantially all employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed one year of service. The Company makes matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 2% of each employee’s wages that are contributed and 25% of the next 4% of each employee’s wages that are contributed.
Profit sharing and savings plan, employer discretionary contribution	$ 0.0	$ 0.0	$ 0.0
Profit sharing and savings plan, cost recognized	$ 20.6	$ 18.5	$ 16.8
Employee's first 2% of contributed wages [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Profit sharing and savings plan, Company match	100.00%
Employee's next 4% of contributed wages [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Profit sharing and savings plan, Company match	25.00%

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan) (Narrative) (Details) - Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan [Member] - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Deferred compensation plan description	The Company sponsors a nonqualified deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) for highly compensated employees whose contributions to the 401(k) Plan are limited due to the application of the annual limitations under the Internal Revenue Code. The Deferred Compensation Plan provides these employees with the opportunity to defer the full 6% of matched compensation, including salary and incentive based compensation, that was precluded under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, which is then matched by the Company using the same formula as the 401(k) Plan.
Deferred compensation plan obligation	$ 20.5	$ 16.9
Deferred compensation plan cost recognized	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.2

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Summary of Shares Authorized and Available for Future Issuance Under Benefit and Compensation Plans) (Details) shares in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016 shares
Profit sharing and savings plan [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares authorized for issuance under compensation and benefit plans	4,200
Shares available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans	349
Employee stock purchase plan [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares authorized for issuance under compensation and benefit plans	4,250
Shares available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans	710
Performance shares [Member] | Restricted stock [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares authorized for issuance under compensation and benefit plans	650
Shares available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans	388
Stock option [Member] | Employee stock option [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares authorized for issuance under compensation and benefit plans	34,000
Shares available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans	6,086
Stock option [Member] | Director [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares authorized for issuance under compensation and benefit plans	1,000
Shares available for future issuance under compensation and benefit plans	263

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Summary Of Stock Options) (Details) - Stock option [Member] - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Exercisable at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	3 years 10 months 14 days	4 years 2 months 5 days	4 years 6 months 21 days
Employee stock option [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Outstanding beginning balance, shares	3,291
Outstanding at the beginning of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 81.04
Granted, shares	308
Granted, weighted-average exercise price	$ 267.00
Exercised, shares	(751)
Exercised, weighted-average exercise price	$ 62.81
Forfeited, shares	(59)
Forfeited, weighted-average exercise price	$ 144.91
Outstanding ending balance, shares	2,789	3,291
Outstanding at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 105.11	$ 81.04
Outstanding at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	5 years 1 month 3 days
Outstanding at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 483,331
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, shares	2,744
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 103.29
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	5 years 13 days
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 480,582
Exercisable at the end of the year, shares	2,027
Exercisable at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 65.45
Exercisable at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	3 years 10 months 21 days
Exercisable at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 431,637
Director [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Outstanding beginning balance, shares	17
Outstanding at the beginning of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 45.13
Granted, shares	0
Granted, weighted-average exercise price	$ 0.00
Exercised, shares	(6)
Exercised, weighted-average exercise price	$ 39.99
Forfeited, shares	0
Forfeited, weighted-average exercise price	$ 0.00
Outstanding ending balance, shares	11	17
Outstanding at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 48.31	$ 45.13
Outstanding at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	4 months 3 days
Outstanding at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 2,416
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, shares	11
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 48.31
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	4 months 3 days
Vested or expected to vest at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 2,416
Exercisable at the end of the year, shares	11
Exercisable at the end of the year, weighted-average exercise price	$ 48.31
Exercisable at the end of the year, average remaining contractual term	4 months 3 days
Exercisable at the end of the year, aggregate intrinsic value	$ 2,416

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model) (Details) - Stock option [Member]	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 Rate	Dec. 31, 2015 Rate	Dec. 31, 2014 Rate
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Risk-free interest rate	1.44%	1.52%	1.60%
Expected life	5 years 5 months 22 days	5 years 8 months 11 days	5 years 3 months 29 days
Expected volatility	22.30%	22.30%	24.30%
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Stock Option Activity) (Details) - Stock option [Member] - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Compensation expense for share-based compensation	$ 15,404	$ 18,209	$ 18,705
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for share-based compensation	5,753	6,811	6,923
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	157,115	169,248	147,236
Cash received from the exercise of stock options	$ 47,394	$ 105,822	$ 59,594
Weighted-average grant date fair value of options awarded	$ 63.42	$ 51.56	$ 38.18
Weighted-average remaining contractual life of options currently exercisable	3 years 10 months 14 days	4 years 2 months 5 days	4 years 6 months 21 days

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Summary of Restricted Stock) (Details) - Restricted stock [Member] - $ / shares shares in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Restricted stock granted during period, weighted-average grant date fair value		$ 264.24	$ 208.56	$ 147.23
Shares withheld to cover employees' taxes upon vesting		2
Employee [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Non-vested restricted stock at beginning of the year, weighted-average grant date fair value		$ 128.27
Restricted stock granted during period, weighted-average grant date fair value		256.34
Restricted stock vested during the period, weighted-average grant date fair value	[1]	140.91
Restricted stock forfeited during the period, weighted-average grant date fair value		150.85
Non-vested restricted stock at the end of the year, weighted-average grant date fair value		$ 204.33	$ 128.27
Employee [Member] | Performance shares [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Non-vested restricted stock beginning balance, shares		7
Restricted stock granted during the period, shares		1
Restricted stock vested during the period, shares	[1]	(5)
Restricted stock forfeited during the period, shares		0
Non-vested restricted stock ending balance, shares		3	7
Director [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Non-vested restricted stock at beginning of the year, weighted-average grant date fair value		$ 167.73
Restricted stock granted during period, weighted-average grant date fair value		268.54
Restricted stock vested during the period, weighted-average grant date fair value		149.49
Restricted stock forfeited during the period, weighted-average grant date fair value		0.00
Non-vested restricted stock at the end of the year, weighted-average grant date fair value		$ 222.77	$ 167.73
Director [Member] | Performance shares [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Non-vested restricted stock beginning balance, shares		7
Restricted stock granted during the period, shares		2
Restricted stock vested during the period, shares		(3)
Restricted stock forfeited during the period, shares		0
Non-vested restricted stock ending balance, shares		6	7

[1] Includes two thousand shares withheld to cover employees’ taxes upon vesting.

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Restricted Stock Activity) (Details) - Restricted stock [Member] - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Compensation expense for share-based compensation	$ 1,293	$ 1,625	$ 2,621
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for share-based compensation	483	610	970
Total fair value of shares vested, at vest date	$ 2,384	$ 3,284	$ 3,749
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares issued during the period in compensation and benefit plans other than stock options	$ 264.24	$ 208.56	$ 147.23
Performance shares [Member]
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Shares awarded or issued under employee benefit plans, shares	4	4	16

XML

Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans (Employee Stock Purchase Plan Activity) (Details) - Employee stock purchase plan [Member] - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Share-Based Compensation and Benefit Plans
Compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$ 2,162	$ 2,065	$ 1,769
Income tax benefit from compensation expense for shares issued under the ESPP	$ 807	$ 773	$ 655
Shares awarded or issued under employee benefit plans, shares	54	60	77
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of shares issued during the period in compensation and benefit plans other than stock options	$ 227.12	$ 195.04	$ 130.12

XML

Commitments (Commitments) (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($) d Rate	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)
Unsecured debt [Member] | Line of credit facility [Member]
Commitments
Letters of credit | $	$ 38.7	$ 37.5
Senior notes [Member]
Commitments
Debt instrument minimum number of days callable | d	30
Debt instrument maximum number of days callable | d	60
Percentage principal amount of debt that can be redeemed by the Company | Rate	100.00%
Percentage principal amount of debt redeemable upon change in control | Rate	101.00%
Construction [Member]
Commitments
Construction commitments | $	$ 79.6

XML

Related Parties (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($) stores	Dec. 31, 2015 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2014 USD ($)
Related Parties
Number of stores	4,829
Related parties [Member]
Related Parties
Number of stores	75
Lease payments under related party operating leases | $	$ 4.5	$ 4.5	$ 4.6

XML

Income Taxes (Provision for Income Taxes) (Narrative) (Details) - State and local jurisdiction [Member] $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Income Taxes
Tax credit carryforwards available for state tax purposes, net of federal impact	$ 9.4
Net operating loss carryforwards available for state tax purposes	$ 9.8
Tax credit carryforwards available for state tax purposes, expiration year	2024
Earliest tax year [Member]
Income Taxes
Operating loss carryforwards available for state tax purposes, expiration year	2022
Latest tax year [Member]
Income Taxes
Operating loss carryforwards available for state tax purposes, expiration year	2028

XML

Income Taxes (Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Income Tax Penalties and Interest Accrued [Abstract]
Reserve for unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties	$ 40.6	$ 43.6	$ 58.4
Amounts that would affect the effective tax rate if recognized	40.6	43.6	58.4
Federal tax effect for unrecognized tax benefits	13.8
Accrual of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions	5.8	6.7	8.8
Tax expense related to an increase in liabilities for interest and penalties	2.4	$ 2.8	$ 2.8
Reduction of unrecognized tax benefits due to lapse of statute of limitations and settlements over the next twelve months	$ 7.4
Other information pertaining to income taxes	The Company’s United States federal income tax returns for tax years 2015 and beyond remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The IRS concluded an examination of the O’Reilly consolidated 2012 and 2013 federal income tax returns in the second quarter of 2015. The statute of limitations for the Company’s federal income tax returns for tax years 2012 and prior expired on September 15, 2016. The statute of limitations for the Company’s U.S. federal income tax return for 2013 will expire on September 15, 2017, unless otherwise extended. The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the Company’s consolidated returns for tax years 2014 and 2015. The Company’s state income tax returns remain subject to examination by various state authorities for tax years ranging from 2005 through 2015.
Open tax year	2015

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule of Components of Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 2,686	$ 2,492
Tax credits	9,363	11,747
Other accruals	153,955	151,635
Net operating losses	304	337
Other	19,870	19,051
Total deferred tax assets	186,178	185,262
Deferred tax liabilities:
Inventories	76,694	82,313
Property and equipment	157,228	141,930
Other	42,422	40,791
Total deferred tax liabilities	276,344	265,034
Net deferred tax liabilities	$ (90,166)	$ (79,772)

XML

Income Taxes (Schedule of Components of the Provision for Income Taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Income Tax Expense (Benefit), Continuing Operations, by Jurisdiction [Abstract]
Federal income tax expense, current	$ 540,090	$ 504,558	$ 399,271
Federal income tax expense (benefit), deferred	7,558	(21,973)	5,987
Federal income tax expense, total	547,648	482,585	405,258
State income tax expense, current	49,016	47,242	43,242
State income tax expense (benefit), deferred	2,836	(677)	(4,500)
State income tax expense, total	51,852	46,565	38,742
Current income tax expense	589,106	551,800	442,513
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)	10,394	(22,650)	1,487
Provision for income taxes	$ 599,500	$ 529,150	$ 444,000

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation of the Provision for Income Taxes to the Amounts Computed at the Federal Statutory Rate) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, Amount [Abstract]
Federal income taxes at statutory rate	$ 573,020	$ 511,128	$ 427,764
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	35,285	32,137	25,320
Other items, net	(8,805)	(14,115)	(9,084)
Provision for income taxes	$ 599,500	$ 529,150	$ 444,000

XML

Income Taxes (Summary of Changes in Gross Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Income Tax Uncertainties [Abstract]
Unrealized tax benefit, beginning balance	$ 36,928	$ 49,598	$ 50,459
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year	6,116	5,405	4,665
Additions based on tax positions related to prior years	0	995	0
Payments related to items settled with taxing authorities	(195)	(4,012)	(300)
Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations and settlements	(8,051)	(15,058)	(5,226)
Unrealized tax benefit, ending balance	$ 34,798	$ 36,928	$ 49,598

XML

Earnings Per Share (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	2 Months Ended	12 Months Ended		74 Months Ended
	Feb. 28, 2017	Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Feb. 28, 2017
Earnings Per Share
Common stock repurchased, shares		5,698	4,901
Common stock repurchased, average price per share		$ 264.21	$ 231.81
Common stock repurchased, value		$ 1,505,371	$ 1,136,139
Subsequent event [Member]
Earnings Per Share
Common stock repurchased, shares	1,400			58,400
Common stock repurchased, average price per share	$ 267.32			$ 124.14
Common stock repurchased, value	$ 387,500			$ 7,200,000

XML

Earnings Per Share (Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands		3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2016		Sep. 30, 2016		Jun. 30, 2016		Mar. 31, 2016		Dec. 31, 2015		Sep. 30, 2015		Jun. 30, 2015		Mar. 31, 2015		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Numerator (basic and diluted):
Net income		$ 246,030		$ 278,493		$ 257,794		$ 255,374		$ 218,576		$ 266,268		$ 233,508		$ 212,864		$ 1,037,691	$ 931,216	$ 778,182
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings per share - weighted-average shares																		95,447	99,965	104,262
Effect of stock options	[1]																	1,273	1,549	1,779
Denominator for diluted earnings per share - weighted-average shares and assumed conversion																		96,720	101,514	106,041
Earnings per share - basic		$ 2.62	[2]	$ 2.93	[2]	$ 2.69	[2]	$ 2.63	[2]	$ 2.22	[2]	$ 2.68	[2]	$ 2.32	[2]	$ 2.09	[2]	$ 10.87	$ 9.32	$ 7.46
Earnings per share - assuming dilution		$ 2.59	[2]	$ 2.90	[2]	$ 2.65	[2]	$ 2.59	[2]	$ 2.19	[2]	$ 2.64	[2]	$ 2.29	[2]	$ 2.06	[2]	$ 10.73	$ 9.17	$ 7.34
Antidilutive stock options	[1]																	332	245	363
Weighted-average exercise price	[1]																	$ 265.77	$ 216.29	$ 151.65

[1] See Note 9 for further information concerning the terms of the Company’s share-based compensation plans.

[2] Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

XML

Legal Matters (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016 USD ($)
Loss Contingency [Abstract]
Name of plaintiff	Meridian Creative Alliance
Awarded to plaintiff	$ 12.5
Loss contingency accrual, provision	$ 18.6

XML

Quarterly Results (unaudited) (Unaudited Operating Data) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2016		Sep. 30, 2016		Jun. 30, 2016		Mar. 31, 2016		Dec. 31, 2015		Sep. 30, 2015		Jun. 30, 2015		Mar. 31, 2015		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]
Sales	$ 2,099,302		$ 2,220,955		$ 2,176,689		$ 2,096,150		$ 1,949,052		$ 2,080,201		$ 2,035,518		$ 1,901,903		$ 8,593,096	$ 7,966,674	$ 7,216,081
Gross profit	1,114,227		1,170,026		1,127,179		1,097,579		1,027,639		1,089,254		1,058,791		986,959		4,509,011	4,162,643	3,708,901
Operating income	407,710		447,809		425,061		418,626		362,620		415,260		385,768		350,373		1,699,206	1,514,021	1,270,374
Net income	$ 246,030		$ 278,493		$ 257,794		$ 255,374		$ 218,576		$ 266,268		$ 233,508		$ 212,864		$ 1,037,691	$ 931,216	$ 778,182
Earnings per share - basic	$ 2.62	[1]	$ 2.93	[1]	$ 2.69	[1]	$ 2.63	[1]	$ 2.22	[1]	$ 2.68	[1]	$ 2.32	[1]	$ 2.09	[1]	$ 10.87	$ 9.32	$ 7.46
Earnings per share - assuming dilution	$ 2.59	[1]	$ 2.90	[1]	$ 2.65	[1]	$ 2.59	[1]	$ 2.19	[1]	$ 2.64	[1]	$ 2.29	[1]	$ 2.06	[1]	$ 10.73	$ 9.17	$ 7.34

[1] Earnings per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and annual period. The quarterly earnings per share amounts may not sum to equal the full-year earnings per share amount.

XML

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Valuation and Qualifying Accounts) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2016	Dec. 31, 2015	Dec. 31, 2014
Sales returns and allowances [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Balance at beginning of period		$ 7,978	$ 6,855	$ 6,500
Additions - charged to costs and expenses		1,617	1,123	355
Additions - charged to other accounts - describe		0	0	0
Deductions - describe		0	0	0
Balance at end of period		9,595	7,978	6,855
Allowance for doubtful accounts [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Balance at beginning of period		9,637	8,713	6,661
Additions - charged to costs and expenses		9,587	7,119	8,919
Additions - charged to other accounts - describe		0	0	0
Deductions - describe	[1]	7,184	6,195	6,867
Balance at end of period		$ 12,040	$ 9,637	$ 8,713

[1] Uncollectable accounts written off.